texlive[49997] trunk: doc,sync
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Mon Feb 11 00:50:36 CET 2019
Revision: 49997
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=49997
Author: karl
Date: 2019-02-11 00:50:35 +0100 (Mon, 11 Feb 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
doc,sync
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS
trunk/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/dvipsk/NEWS 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
$Id$
This file records noteworthy changes. (Public domain.)
+dvips 5.999 (TeX Live 2019):
+ Buffer overflows.
+
dvips 5.998 (TeX Live 2018):
New JFM (Japanese font metrics) spec supported; compiler portability fixes.
Modified: trunk/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Build/source/utils/xpdfopen/ChangeLog 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
2018-07-09 Karl Berry <karl at tug.org>
- * Makefile.am (LDADD): remove -lXmu, seems nothing it used from
+ * Makefile.am (LDADD): remove -lXmu, seems nothing is used from
that library. Let's hope that X libraries themselves don't either.
Report from Ulrich Mueller, 22 Mar 2018 08:55:50.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook2.bib 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% BibTeX-file{
%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%% version = "2.12",
-%%% date = "08 January 2019",
-%%% time = "10:42:14 MST",
+%%% version = "2.13",
+%%% date = "31 January 2019",
+%%% time = "15:43:31 MST",
%%% filename = "texbook2.bib",
%%% address = "University of Utah
%%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
%%% USA",
%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
-%%% checksum = "51612 9860 36992 360656",
+%%% checksum = "14909 11091 43929 427780",
%%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -32,27 +32,27 @@
%%% printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst
%%% style files are used.
%%%
-%%% At version 2.12, the year coverage looked
+%%% At version 2.13, the year coverage looked
%%% like this:
%%%
%%% 1985 ( 1) 1996 ( 5) 2007 ( 1)
%%% 1986 ( 1) 1997 ( 3) 2008 ( 0)
%%% 1987 ( 0) 1998 ( 4) 2009 ( 0)
-%%% 1988 ( 1) 1999 ( 3) 2010 ( 1)
-%%% 1989 ( 0) 2000 ( 2) 2011 ( 0)
-%%% 1990 ( 0) 2001 ( 2) 2012 ( 0)
-%%% 1991 ( 1) 2002 ( 1) 2013 ( 0)
-%%% 1992 ( 2) 2003 ( 2) 2014 ( 0)
+%%% 1988 ( 2) 1999 ( 3) 2010 ( 1)
+%%% 1989 ( 2) 2000 ( 2) 2011 ( 0)
+%%% 1990 ( 3) 2001 ( 2) 2012 ( 0)
+%%% 1991 ( 4) 2002 ( 1) 2013 ( 0)
+%%% 1992 ( 5) 2003 ( 2) 2014 ( 0)
%%% 1993 ( 0) 2004 ( 1) 2015 ( 0)
%%% 1994 ( 0) 2005 ( 2) 2016 ( 2)
%%% 1995 ( 4) 2006 ( 2)
%%%
%%% Article: 2
-%%% Book: 408
+%%% Book: 407
%%% Booklet: 1
%%% Misc: 11
%%% Periodical: 93
-%%% Proceedings: 9
+%%% Proceedings: 10
%%% TechReport: 1
%%%
%%% Total entries: 525
@@ -569,68 +569,59 @@
@String{prep-ytex = "Prepared with Daniel Brotsky's {Y\TeX}."}
%%% ====================================================================
-%%% publisher abbreviations
+%%% Publisher abbreviations
+ at String{pub-A-K-PETERS = "A. K. Peters, Ltd."}
+ at String{pub-A-K-PETERS:adr = "Wellesley, MA, USA"}
+
+ at String{pub-ACADEMIC = "Academic Press"}
+ at String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
+
@String{pub-AIAA = "American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics"}
-
@String{pub-AIAA:adr = "370 L'Enfant Promenade SW, Washington, DC
20024--2518"}
@String{pub-AIP = "American Institute of Physics"}
-
@String{pub-AIP:adr = "Woodbury, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-AP = "Academic Press"}
-
@String{pub-AP:adr = "Boston, MA, USA"}
@String{pub-ARACNE = "Aracne Editrice"}
-
@String{pub-ARACNE:adr = "Via Luigi Chiozza, 21b, 00133 Roma, Italy"}
@String{pub-ARE = "A-R Editions, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-ARE:adr = "801 Deming Way, Madison, WI 53717-1903,
USA; Tel: (608) 836-9000"}
@String{pub-AUG = "Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis"}
-
@String{pub-AUG:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
@String{pub-AW = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey"}
-
@String{pub-AW-Can:adr = "Don Mills, Ontario, Canada"}
-
@String{pub-AW:adr = "Reading, MA, USA"}
@String{pub-BENCUM = "Benjamin/Cummings Pub. Co."}
-
@String{pub-BENCUM:adr = "Redwood City, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-BIRKHAUSER = "Birkh{\"{a}}user"}
-
@String{pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr = "Cambridge, MA, USA; Berlin, Germany; Basel,
Switzerland"}
@String{pub-BOOKMAN = "Bookman"}
-
@String{pub-BOOKMAN:adr = "Taipei, Taiwan"}
@String{pub-BRILL = "Brill"}
-
@String{pub-BRILL:adr = "Leiden, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-BS = "The Bibliographical Society"}
-
@String{pub-BS:adr = "London, UK"}
@String{pub-BSA = "The Bibliographical Society of America"}
-
@String{pub-BSA:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-CHAPMAN = "Chapman and Hall, Ltd."}
-
@String{pub-CHAPMAN:adr = "London, UK"}
%%% NB: CLUT and Loescher Editore did not provide ISBN's on the books
@@ -638,303 +629,232 @@
@String{pub-CLUT = "Edizioni Cooperativa Libraria Universitaria
Torino"}
-
@String{pub-CLUT:adr = "Corso Duca degli Abruzzi, 24, I 10129
Torino, Italy"}
@String{pub-CP = "Clarendon Press"}
-
@String{pub-CP:adr = "Oxford, UK"}
@String{pub-CRC = "CRC Press"}
-
@String{pub-CRC:adr = "2000 N.W. Corporate Blvd., Boca Raton,
FL 33431-9868, USA"}
@String{pub-CSLI = "CSLI Publications"}
-
@String{pub-CSLI:adr = "Stanford, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-CSP = "Computer Science Press"}
-
@String{pub-CSP:adr = "1803 Research Boulevard, Rockville, MD
20850, USA"}
@String{pub-CUP = "Cambridge University Press"}
-
@String{pub-CUP:adr = "Cambridge, UK"}
@String{pub-CURSCI = "Current Science"}
-
@String{pub-CURSCI:adr = "34--42 Cleveland Street, London, UK"}
@String{pub-DARWIN = "The Darwin Press"}
-
@String{pub-DARWIN:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
@String{pub-DP = "Digital Press"}
-
@String{pub-DP:adr = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"}
@String{pub-DUXBURY = "Duxbury Press"}
-
@String{pub-DUXBURY:adr = "Belmont, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-EF = "Esperantoforlaget AS"}
-
@String{pub-EF:adr = "Oslo, Norway"}
@String{pub-EFFECT = "Effect Publishing"}
-
@String{pub-EFFECT:adr = "501 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1612, New York, NY
10017, USA"}
@String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD = "Ellis Horwood"}
-
@String{pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-ESP = "Elsevier Science Publishers"}
-
@String{pub-ESP:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-ESPNH = "Elsevier Science Publishers
(North-Holland)"}
-
@String{pub-ESPNH:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-ET = "Editorial Trillas"}
-
@String{pub-ET:adr = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"}
@String{pub-GEO = "Geo Books"}
-
@String{pub-GEO:adr = "Norwich, UK"}
@String{pub-GLAGOL = "Glagol"}
-
@String{pub-GLAGOL:adr = "St. Petersburg, Russia"}
@String{pub-GREENWOOD = "Greenwood Press"}
-
@String{pub-GREENWOOD:adr = "88 Post Road West, Westport, CT 06881, USA"}
@String{pub-HD = "Holden-Day, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-HD:adr = "Oakland, CA 94609, USA"}
@String{pub-HPT = "H{\"o}ld{\-}er-Pichler-Tempsky Verlag"}
-
@String{pub-HPT:adr = "Vienna, Austria"}
@String{pub-HRW = "Holt, Rinehart, and Winston"}
-
@String{pub-HRW:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-IE = "InterEditions"}
-
@String{pub-IE:adr = "25 rue Leblanc, 75015 Paris, France"}
@String{pub-IOS = "IOS Press"}
-
@String{pub-IOS:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-ISO = "International Organization for
Standardization"}
-
@String{pub-ISO:adr = "Geneva, Switzerland"}
@String{pub-ITCP = "International Thomson Computer Press"}
-
@String{pub-ITCP:adr = "20 Park Plaza Suite 1001, Boston, MA 02116
USA"}
@String{pub-JBENJ = "John Benjamins"}
-
@String{pub-JBENJ:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-JBP = "Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-JBP:adr = "One Exeter Plaza, Boston, MA 02116, USA"}
- at String{pub-JHUP = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"}
+ at String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS = "The Johns Hopkins University Press"}
+ at String{pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr = "Baltimore, MD, USA"}
- at String{pub-JHUP:adr = "Baltimore, MD, USA"}
-
@String{pub-JW = "John Wiley"}
-
@String{pub-JW:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-KENKYUSHA = "Kenkyusha"}
-
@String{pub-KENKYUSHA:adr = "Tokyo, Japan"}
@String{pub-KLUWER = "Kluwer Academic Publishers Group"}
-
@String{pub-KLUWER:adr = "Norwell, MA, USA, and Dordrecht, The
Netherlands"}
@String{pub-LEC = "Libreria Editrice Cafoscarina"}
-
@String{pub-LEC:adr = "Venice, Italy"}
@String{pub-LGU = "Leningrad University"}
-
@String{pub-LGU:adr = "St. Petersburg, Russia"}
@String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS = "Linux Journal Press"}
-
@String{pub-LINUX-JOURNAL-PRESS:adr = "San Francisco, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-LOESCHER = "Loescher Editore"}
-
@String{pub-LOESCHER:adr = "Via Vittorio Amedeo II, 18, Torino, Italy"}
@String{pub-MAYFIELD = "Mayfield"}
-
@String{pub-MAYFIELD:adr = "Palo Alto, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL = "Mc{\-}Graw-Hill"}
-
@String{pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-MELLEN = "Mellen Press"}
-
@String{pub-MELLEN:adr = "Lewiston, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-MICROWARE = "Microware Systems Corporation"}
-
@String{pub-MICROWARE:adr = "Des Moines, IA, USA"}
@String{pub-MIS = "MIS:Press"}
-
@String{pub-MIS:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-MIT = "The MIT Press"}
-
@String{pub-MIT:adr = "Cambridge, MA"}
@String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN = "Morgan Kaufmann Publishers"}
-
@String{pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr = "Los Altos, CA 94022, USA"}
@String{pub-NAUKA = "Nauka"}
-
@String{pub-NAUKA:adr = "Moscow, Russia"}
@String{pub-NH = "North-Holland Publishing Company"}
-
@String{pub-NH:adr = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-NIJHOFF = "Martinus Nijhoff/Dr W. Junk Publishers"}
-
@String{pub-NIJHOFF:adr = "Dordrecht, The Netherlands"}
@String{pub-NORTON = "W. W. Norton \& Co."}
-
@String{pub-NORTON:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
- at String{pub-OUP = "Oxford University Press"}
+ at String{pub-OXFORD = "Oxford University Press"}
+ at String{pub-OXFORD:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
- at String{pub-OUP:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
-
@String{pub-PERGAMON = "Pergamon Press"}
-
@String{pub-PERGAMON:adr = "Oxford, UK"}
@String{pub-PH = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall"}
-
@String{pub-PH:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
@String{pub-PH-TRAVEL = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall Travel"}
-
@String{pub-PH-TRAVEL:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-PHI = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall International"}
-
@String{pub-PHI:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
@String{pub-PINTER = "Pinter Publishers, Ltd."}
-
@String{pub-PINTER:adr = "25 Floral St., London WC2E 9DS, UK"}
@String{pub-PPB = "Professional Press Books"}
-
@String{pub-PPB:adr = "101 Witmer Road, Horsham, PA 19044, USA"}
@String{pub-PHPTR = "Pren{\-}tice-Hall PTR"}
-
@String{pub-PHPTR:adr = "Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA"}
@String{pub-PUP = "Princeton University Press"}
-
@String{pub-PUP:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
@String{pub-RAHS = "Russian-American Historical Society"}
-
@String{pub-RAHS:adr = "Washington, DC, USA"}
@String{pub-REED = "Reed Enterprise"}
-
@String{pub-REED:adr = "Reed Business Publishing Group, Room 922,
Quadrant House, The Quadrant, Sutton, Surrey
SM2 5AS, UK"}
@String{pub-RISO = "{Ris\o} National Laboratory"}
-
@String{pub-RISO:adr = "Roskilde, Denmark"}
@String{pub-ROUTLEDGE = "Routledge"}
-
@String{pub-ROUTLEDGE:adr = "London, UK"}
@String{pub-RRD = "R. R. Donnelley and Sons"}
-
@String{pub-RRD:adr = "Harrisburg, VA, USA"}
@String{pub-SB = "Symposion Bokf{\"o}rlag"}
-
@String{pub-SB:adr = "Stockholm/Stehag, Sweden"}
@String{pub-SCARECROW = "Scarecrow Press"}
-
@String{pub-SCARECROW:adr = "Metuchen, NJ, USA"}
@String{pub-SHK = "De sju h{\"a}radernas kulturhistoriska
f{\"o}rening"}
-
@String{pub-SHK:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
@String{pub-SIAM = "Society for Industrial and Applied
Mathematics"}
-
@String{pub-SIAM:adr = "Philadelphia, PA, USA"}
@String{pub-SINAUER = "Sinauer Associates, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-SINAUER:adr = "Sunderland, MA 01375, USA"}
@String{pub-STATSCI = "StatSci, a Division of MathSoft, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-STATSCI:adr = "Seattle, WA, USA"}
@String{pub-SUCSLI = "Stanford University Center for the Study of
Language and Information"}
-
@String{pub-SUCSLI:adr = "Stanford, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-SV = "Spring{\-}er-Ver{\-}lag"}
-
@String{pub-SV:adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/
London, UK~/ etc."}
@String{pub-TCA = "Technology Community Association"}
-
@String{pub-TCA:adr = "Cambridge, MA, USA"}
@String{pub-TCGPB = "Technical Chamber of Greece (``Ekdosh
Teqniko'u Epimelhthr'iou ths Ell'adas''),
Publications Bureau (``Grafeio Ekdoseon'')"}
-
@String{pub-TCGPB:adr = "c/o Ms. Filippidou, Karageorgi Servias 4,
GR-102 48 Athens, Greece, Telephones: +30 -
1 - 32 54 590 (last digit can vary up to
@@ -942,50 +862,39 @@
+30 - 1 - 32 21 772"}
@String{pub-TELOS = "TELOS division of Springer-Verlag"}
-
@String{pub-TELOS:adr = "Santa Clara, CA, USA and New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-TEUBNER = "B. G. Teubner"}
-
@String{pub-TEUBNER:adr = "Stuttgart, Germany"}
@String{pub-UGP = "University of Gothenburg Press"}
-
@String{pub-UGP:adr = "Gothenburg, Sweden"}
@String{pub-UNAM = "Universidad Autonoma de M{\'e}xico"}
-
@String{pub-UNAM:adr = "M{\'e}xico DF, M{\'e}xico"}
@String{pub-UNK = "publisher unknown"}
-
@String{pub-UNK:adr = "address unknown"}
@String{pub-WILEY = "John Wiley and Sons, Inc."}
-
@String{pub-WILEY:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@String{pub-WADSWORTH = "Wadsworth and Brooks/Cole Publishing
Company"}
-
@String{pub-WADSWORTH:adr = "Pacific Grove, CA, USA"}
@String{pub-WESTVIEW = "Westview Press"}
-
@String{pub-WESTVIEW:adr = "5500 Central Ave., Boulder, CO 80301-2847,
USA"}
@String{pub-WIHM = "Wellcome Institute for the History of
Medicine"}
-
@String{pub-WIHM:adr = "London, UK"}
@String{pub-WORLD-SCI = "World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd."}
-
@String{pub-WORLD-SCI:adr = "P. O. Box 128, Farrer Road, Singapore 9128"}
@String{pub-ZT = "Zanichelli-Telettra"}
-
@String{pub-ZT:adr = "Bologna, Italy"}
%%% ====================================================================
@@ -1096,9 +1005,8 @@
acknowledgement = ack-lmp,
}
- at Book{Adams:SCA93,
+ at Book{Adams:1993:SCA,
author = "E. Adams and U. Kulisch",
- editor = "William F. Ames",
title = "Scientific Computing with Automatic Result
Verification",
volume = "189",
@@ -1111,6 +1019,7 @@
LCCN = "QA76 .S368 1993",
bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:57:19 1993",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ note = "Edited by William F. Ames.",
series = "Mathematics in Science and Engineering",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@@ -1900,9 +1809,9 @@
@Book{Biggs:ICP89,
author = "Norman L. Biggs",
- title = "Introduction to Computing with Pascal",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ title = "Introduction to Computing with {Pascal}",
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "x + 219",
year = "1989",
ISBN = "0-19-853755-7 (hardcover), 0-19-853756-5 (paperback)",
@@ -2025,8 +1934,8 @@
@Book{Bracewell:HT86,
author = "Ronald N. Bracewell",
title = "The {Hartley} Transform",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "vii + 160",
year = "1986",
ISBN = "0-19-503969-6",
@@ -2253,53 +2162,388 @@
acknowledgement = ack-te,
}
- at Book{Char:FLT92,
+ at Book{Char:1992:FLT,
author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
Watt",
- title = "First Leaves: {A} Tutorial Introduction to Maple {V}",
+ title = "First Leaves: a Tutorial Introduction to {Maple V}",
publisher = pub-SV,
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xvii + 253",
year = "1992",
- ISBN = "0-387-97621-3",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97621-1",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-6996-1",
+ ISBN = "0-387-97621-3, 3-540-97621-3",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97621-1, 978-3-540-97621-9",
LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 F56 1992",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:59:50 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibdate = "Tue Nov 2 12:30:08 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not yet in my library.",
+ note = "Also available in Japanese, ISBN 4-431-70651-8",
+ tableofcontents = "One: Interactive Use of Maple \\
+ 1.1: The user interface and the computational engine
+ \\
+ 1.2: Getting started \\
+ 1.3: Starting a Maple session: how Maple behaves
+ interactively \\
+ 1.4: Simple arithmetic in Maple \\
+ 1.5: Fixing mistakes \\
+ 1.6: help yourself to more of Maple \\
+ 1.7: Parentheses and the priority of arithmetic
+ operations \\
+ 1.8: Ending a Maple session \\
+ 1.9: Maple variables \\
+ 1.10: Built-in commands for mathematical computation
+ \\
+ 1.11: Introducing Maple's mathematical commands \\
+ 1.12: Using Maple as a numerical calculator \\
+ 1.13: Graphing and plotting functions on screen and on
+ paper \\
+ 1.14: More about syntax errors \\
+ 1.15: You ask too much! (Run-time errors) \\
+ 1.16: Interrupting a Maple computation \\
+ 1.17: Printing values: print and lprint \\
+ 1.18: Defining simple functions in Maple \\
+ 1.19: Automatic simplification \\
+ 1.20: Simplifying expressions with simplify \\
+ 1.21: Maple's commands for calculus \\
+ 1.22: Computing sums \\
+ 1.23: Solving recurrence relations with rsolve \\
+ 1.24: Other commands for solving, and other
+ mathematical functions \\
+ Two: Less Simple Maple \\
+ 2.1: A few words to experienced programmers \\
+ 2.2: Programming variables and mathematical symbols \\
+ 2.3: More on simplification: specialized simplification
+ commands \\
+ 2.4: Full and delayed evaluation \\
+ 2.5: Quotation and unevaluation \\
+ 2.6: Using quoted variables as function arguments \\
+ 2.7: Concatenation \\
+ forming new names from old \\
+ 2.8: Looking at parts of expressions \\
+ op, nops, coeff \\
+ 2.9: Expression sequences, sets, and lists \\
+ 2.10: Tables and arrays \\
+ indexed collections of data \\
+ 2.11: Converting from one structure to another \\
+ 2.12: The map function: performing the same operation
+ on all elements of a data structure \\
+ 2.13: Linear algebra in Maple \\
+ 2.14: alias for changing the names of built-in
+ functions and mathematical symbols \\
+ 2.15: Saving the state of your Maple session \\
+ 2.16: Recording results in files in human-readable
+ format \\
+ 2.17: Access to additional library procedures \\
+ 2.18: Other formats for output: fortran, latex, and eqn
+ \\
+ Three: The Maple Programming Language \\
+ 3.1: Repetition while you wait \\
+ 3.2: Repetition for each one \\
+ 3.3: Conditional execution with if-then-else-fi \\
+ 3.4: break and next: control within for-while loops \\
+ 3.5: Simple Maple procedures \\
+ 3.6: Maple procedures \\
+ multiple statements, local variables, RETURN \\
+ 3.7: Using error \\
+ exiting several procedures at once \\
+ 3.8: Checking types: writing safer programs \\
+ 3.9: Nested types and structured types \\
+ 3.10: Remembering function values \\
+ 3.11: Functional operators \\
+ 3.12: Packages in Maple \\
+ 3.13: Your Maple initialization file \\
+ 3.14: Creating help for your procedures \\
+ 3.15: Creating your own library \\
+ 3.16: Creating and debugging Maple programs \\
+ 3.17: Viewing Maple library source code \\
+ 3.18: Calling Maple from programs written in other
+ languages \\
+ Four: Advanced Graphics \\
+ 4.1: More on plot \\
+ 4.2: Plotting in three dimensions: graphing surfaces
+ \\
+ 4.3: Plotting functional expressions with plot and
+ plot3d \\
+ Five: Measuring and improving performance \\
+ 5.1: Monitoring time and space consumed during a
+ computation \\
+ 5.2: Garbage collection and gc \\
+ 5.3: Querying the state of the system through status
+ \\
+ 5.4: Profiling the performance of Maple programs \\
+ 5.5: Using option remember to improve performance \\
+ 5.6: Faster floating-point computation \\
+ Six: Advanced Examples \\
+ 6.1: Introduction \\
+ 6.2: Balancing chemical reactions \\
+ 6.3: Maxwell's formula for the velocity of a gas sample
+ \\
+ 6.4: Critical length of a rod \\
+ 6.5: Zeros of Bessel functions \\
+ 6.6: Stock market analysis through linear algebra \\
+ 6.7: Primitive trinomials \\
+ 6.8: Computations on the 3n +1 conjecture \\
+ 6.9: A numerical approximation problem \\
+ 6.10: Reading more about Maple problem-solving
+ techniques \\
+ Seven: Global access to Maple information \\
+ 7.1: New users' problems \\
+ 7.2: The community of Maple users \\
+ 7.3: What to do when the answer seems wrong \\
+ 7.4: Electronic access to user-contributed Maple
+ software \\
+ 7.5: Maple publications \\
+ Conclusion \\
+ A: Bibliography \\
+ B: Books and articles for Maple users \\
+ B.1: Some books for Maple users \\
+ B.2: Some research articles on Maple and its usage",
}
- at Book{Char:MLR91,
+ at Book{Char:1991:MLVb,
author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
Watt",
- title = "Maple Library {V} Reference Manual",
+ title = "{Maple Library V} Reference Manual",
publisher = pub-SV,
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xxv + 698",
year = "1991",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2133-1",
ISBN = "0-387-97592-6, 3-540-97592-6",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97592-4, 978-3-540-97592-2",
- LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M37 1991",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:48:41 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- price = "US\$39.00",
+ LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M353 1991",
+ bibdate = "Fri Jul 08 19:01:01 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ abstract = "The design and implementation of the Maple system is
+ an on-going project of the Symbolic Computation Group
+ at the University of Waterloo in Ontario, Canada. This
+ manual corresponds with version V (roman numeral five)
+ of the Maple system. The on-line help subsystem can be
+ invoked from within a Maple session to view
+ documentation on specific topics. In particular, the
+ command ``?updates'' points the user to documentation
+ updates for each new version of Maple. The Maple
+ project was first conceived in the autumn of 1980,
+ growing out of discussions on the state of symbolic
+ computation at the University of Waterloo. The authors
+ wish to acknowledge many fruitful discussions with
+ colleagues at the University of Waterloo, particularly
+ Morven Gentleman, Michael Malcolm, and Frank Tompa. It
+ was recognized in these discussions that none of the
+ locally-available systems for symbolic computation
+ provided the facilities that should be expected for
+ symbolic computation in modern computing environments.
+ We concluded that since the basic design decisions for
+ the then-current symbolic systems such as ALTRAN,
+ CAMAL, REDUCE, and MACSYMA were based on 1960's
+ computing technology, it would be wise to design a new
+ system ``from scratch''. Thus we could take advantage
+ of the software engineering technology which had become
+ available in recent years, as well as drawing from the
+ lessons of experience. Maple's basic features
+ (elementary data structures, Input\slash output,
+ arithmetic with numbers, and elementary simplification)
+ are coded in a systems programming language for
+ efficiency.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "The Maple Library \\
+ Main routines \\
+ Packages \\
+ Packages for discrete mathematics \\
+ Packages for applied mathematics \\
+ Packages for geometry \\
+ Miscellaneous packages",
}
- at Book{Char:MVL91,
+ at Book{Char:1991:MVLa,
author = "Bruce W. Char and Keith O. Geddes and Gaston H. Gonnet
and Benton Leong and Michael B. Monagan and Stephen M.
Watt",
- title = "Maple {V} Language Reference Manual",
+ title = "{Maple V}: Language Reference Manual",
publisher = pub-SV,
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xv + 267",
year = "1991",
- ISBN = "0-387-97622-1, 3-540-97622-1",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97622-8, 978-3-540-97622-6",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-7386-9",
+ ISBN = "0-387-97622-1 (New York), 3-540-97622-1 (Berlin)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97622-8 (New York), 978-3-540-97622-6
+ (Berlin)",
LCCN = "QA155.7.E4 M36 1991",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:59:57 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibdate = "Wed Dec 1 12:17:05 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ price = "US\$24.95, FF 193,00",
+ abstract = "This book describes the Maple Symbolic Computation
+ System and the Maple V language. It describes the
+ numeric and symbolic expressions that can be used in
+ Maple V. All the basic data types, such as names,
+ polynomials, and functions, as well as structured data
+ types, are covered. The book also gives a complete
+ description of the programming language statements that
+ are provided in the Maple V system and shows how a user
+ can extend the functionality of the Maple V system by
+ adding user-defined routines. The manual also provides
+ a complete description of the Maple V system, including
+ its 2D and 3D graphics. Maple V features a newly
+ designed user interface on many systems. Separate
+ appendices describe how to use Maple V on systems using
+ the X Window System, DOS, and the Macintosh.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ shorttableofcontents = "Language elements \\
+ Statements and expressions \\
+ Data types \\
+ Type testing \\
+ Arrays and tables \\
+ Procedures \\
+ Operators \\
+ Internal representation and manipulation \\
+ Plotting \\
+ Miscellaneous facilities \\
+ Overview of the Maple Library \\
+ A. Maple under UNIX \\
+ B. Using Maple with X \\
+ C. Maple under DOS",
+ tableofcontents = "1 Introduction \\
+ 1.1 Some General Examples \\
+ 1.2 Numbers \\
+ 1.3 Examples from Calculus \\
+ 1.4 Data Structures \\
+ 1.5 Examples from Linear Algebra \\
+ 1.6 Equation Solving \\
+ 1.7 Output and Programming \\
+ 2 Language Elements \\
+ 2.1 Character Set \\
+ 2.2 Tokens \\
+ 2.3 Escape Characters \\
+ 2.4 Blanks, Lines, Comments, and Continuation \\
+ 2.5 Files \\
+ 3 Statements and Expressions \\
+ 3.1 Types of Statements \\
+ 3.2 Expressions \\
+ 3.3 Formal Syntax \\
+ 4 Data Types \\
+ 4.1 Basic Data Types \\
+ 4.2 Map, Subs, and Subsop \\
+ 5 Type Testing \\
+ 5.1 Definition of a Type in Maple \\
+ 5.2 Simple Types \\
+ 5.3 Structured Types \\
+ 5.4 Surface and Nested Types \\
+ 5.5 Simplification of Types \\
+ 5.6 Parameter Type Testing \\
+ 5.7 Undesirable Simplifications and Evaluations of
+ Types \\
+ 5.8 Type Testing Versus Pattern Matching \\
+ 6 Arrays and Tables \\
+ 6.1 Overview \\
+ 6.2 Creating Tables \\
+ 6.3 Evaluation Rules for Tables and Table Components
+ \\
+ 6.4 Tables as Objects \\
+ 6.5 Indexing Functions \\
+ 7 Procedures \\
+ 7.1 Procedure Definitions \\
+ 7.2 Parameter Passing \\
+ 7.3 Local Variables \\
+ 7.4 Options \\
+ 7.5 Remember Tables \\
+ 7.6 Assigning Values to Parameters \\
+ 7.7 Error Returns and Explicit Returns \\
+ 7.8 Simplification and Returning Unevaluated \\
+ 7.9 Boolean Procedures \\
+ 7.10 Reading and Saving Procedures \\
+ 8 Operators \\
+ 8.1 Operator Definition \\
+ 8.2 Syntactic Definition \\
+ 8.3 Semantic Definition \\
+ 8.3.1 Application Versus Composition \\
+ 8.4 Partial Definition of Operators \\
+ 8.5 Example: The Differentiation Operator D \\
+ 9 Internal Representation and Manipulation \\
+ 9.1 Internal Organization \\
+ 9.2 Internal Representation of Data Types \\
+ 9.3 The Use of Hashing in Maple \\
+ 9.4 Portability of the Maple System \\
+ 10 Plotting \\
+ 10.1 Introduction \\
+ 10.2 Plots in 2D \\
+ 10.3 Plots in 3D \\
+ 10.4 Saving Plots \\
+ 10.5 Plots Package \\
+ 10.6 Examples \\
+ 11 Miscellaneous Facilities \\
+ 11.1 Debugging Facilities: Detecting Syntax Errors \\
+ 11.2 Debugging Facilities: Monitoring Run-Time
+ Execution \\
+ 11.3 Alias and Macro \\
+ 11.4 Monitoring Space and Time \\
+ 11.5 Global Variables \\
+ 11.6 User Interface Variables \\
+ 11.7 Maple Command Line Options \\
+ 11.8 Other Facilities \\
+ 12 Overview of the Maple Library \\
+ 12.1 Introduction \\
+ 12.2 Description of the Maple Library \\
+ 12.3 Format of Library Function Descriptions \\
+ 12.4 Printing Maple Help Files \\
+ 12.5 Library Index \\
+ A Maple under UNIX \\
+ A.1 Introduction \\
+ A.2 Maple Initialization Files \\
+ A.3 Quit and Interrupt Characters \\
+ A.4 Temporarily Escaping from Maple \\
+ A.5 Redirection of Input and Output \\
+ A.6 Maple Command Line Options for UNIX \\
+ A.6.1 Overview of Maple command line options \\
+ A.6.2 Library Specification Option: -b \\
+ A.6.3 Suppress Initialization Option: -s \\
+ A.6.4 Quiet Option: -q \\
+ A.7 Mint \\
+ A.8 Summary of Site- and UNIX- Dependent Aspects of
+ Maple \\
+ B Using Maple with X \\
+ B.1 Introduction \\
+ B.2 Getting Started \\
+ B.3 Entering Commands in Maple \\
+ B.4 Editing \\
+ B.5 Maple Input and Output Cells \\
+ B.6 Including and Saving Text \\
+ B.7 Searching \\
+ B.8 Resource Usage \\
+ B.9 Interrupt, Pause and Quit Buttons \\
+ B.10 Resizing Windows \\
+ B.11 Help Windows \\
+ B.12 2D Plot Windows \\
+ B.13 3D Plot Windows \\
+ B.14 Customizing Maple Under X \\
+ B.15 Tips \\
+ B.16 Troubleshooting \\
+ B.17 Information for Xperts \\
+ C Maple under DOS \\
+ C.1 Introduction \\
+ C.2 Using Maple V \\
+ C.2.1 Exiting Maple \\
+ C.2.2 The Status Line \\
+ C.2.3 The Command Line Editor \\
+ C.2.4 Expression Editing \\
+ C.2.5 File Editing \\
+ C.2.6 Accessing Maple Help \\
+ C.2.7 Session Review Mode \\
+ C.2.8 Using the Menu \\
+ C.2.9 Input/Output Capture Mode \\
+ C.3 Manipulating Graphical Output \\
+ C.3.1 Three Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\
+ C.3.2 Two Dimensional Graphics Display Driver \\
+ C.3.3 Printing and Saving Graphic Output \\
+ C.3.4 Using Maple Plots in Other Programs",
}
@Book{Cheswick:2003:FIS,
@@ -3768,9 +4012,9 @@
acknowledgement = ack-mz,
}
- at Book{Dongarra:SLS91,
+ at Book{Dongarra:1991:SLS,
author = "Jack J. Dongarra and Iain S. Duff and Danny C.
- Sorensen and Henk A. van der Vorst",
+ Sorensen and Henk A. {van der Vorst}",
title = "Solving Linear Systems on Vector and Shared Memory
Computers",
publisher = pub-SIAM,
@@ -3780,8 +4024,182 @@
ISBN = "0-89871-270-X",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-89871-270-4",
LCCN = "QA184 .S65 1991",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:33 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:30:53 1998",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/duff-iain-s.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/v/vandervorst-henk-a.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+ MathSciNet database",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
+ 1 Vector and Parallel Processing / 3 \\
+ 1.1 Traditional Computers and Their Limitations / 3 \\
+ 1.2 Parallelism within a Single Processor / 4 \\
+ 1.2.1 Multiple Functional Units / 4 \\
+ 1.2.2 Pipelining / 4 \\
+ 1.2.3 Overlapping / 6 \\
+ 1.2.4 RISC / 7 \\
+ 1.2.5 VLIW / 8 \\
+ 1.2.6 Vector Instructions / 8 \\
+ 1.2.7 Chaining / 9 \\
+ 1.2.8 Memory-to-Memory and Register-to-Register
+ Organizations / 10 \\
+ 1.2.9 Register Set / 10 \\
+ 1.2.10 Stripmining / 11 \\
+ 1.2.11 Reconfigurable Vector Registers / 11 \\
+ 1.2.12 Memory Organization / 12 \\
+ 1.3 Data Organization / 14 \\
+ 1.3.1 Main Memory / 14 \\
+ 1.3.2 Cache / 16 \\
+ 1.3.3 Local Memory / 18 \\
+ 1.4 Memory Management / 18 \\
+ 1.5 Parallelism through Multiple Pipes or Multiple
+ Processors / 21 \\
+ 1.6 Interconnection Topology / 22 \\
+ 1.6.1 Crossbar Switch / 23 \\
+ 1.6.2 Timeshared Bus / 24 \\
+ 1.6.3 Ring Connection / 25 \\
+ 1.6.4 Mesh Connection / 25 \\
+ 1.6.5 Hypercube / 26 \\
+ 1.6.6 Multistaged Network / 27 \\
+ 1.7 Programming Techniques / 29 \\
+ 2 Overview of Current High-Performance Computers / 33
+ \\
+ 2.1 Supercomputers / 33 \\
+ 2.2 Mini-Supercomputers / 36 \\
+ 2.3 Vector Mainframes / 37 \\
+ 2.4 Novel Parallel Processors / 37 \\
+ 3 Implementation Details and Overhead / 43 \\
+ 3.1 Parallel Decomposition and Data Dependency Graphs /
+ 43 \\
+ 3.2 Synchronization / 46 \\
+ 3.3 Load Balancing / 48 \\
+ 3.4 Recurrence / 49 \\
+ 3.5 Indirect Addressing / 51 \\
+ 4 Performance: Analysis, Modeling, and Measurements /
+ 53 \\
+ 4.1 Amdahl's Law / 54 \\
+ 4.1.1 Simple Case of Amdahl's Law / 54 \\
+ 4.1.2 General Form of Amdahl's Law / 55 \\
+ 4.2 Vector Speed and Vector Length / 56 \\
+ 4.3 Amdahl's Law-Parallel Processing / 57 \\
+ 4.3.1 A Simple Model / 60 \\
+ 4.3.2 Gustafson's Model / 60 \\
+ 4.4 Examples of $(r_\infty, n_{1/2})$-values for
+ Various Computers / 60 \\
+ 4.4.1 CRAY-1 and CRAY-2 (one processor) / 62 \\
+ 4.4.2 CRAY X-MP (one processor; clock cycle time 8.5
+ nsec) / 63 \\
+ 4.4.3 CYBER 205 (2-pipe) and ETA-10P (single processor)
+ / 63 \\
+ 4.4.4 IBM 3090/VF (1 processor; clock cycle time 18.5
+ nsec) / 64 \\
+ 4.4.5 NEC SX/2 / 65 \\
+ 4.4.6 Convex C-1 and Convex C-210 / 66 \\
+ 4.4.7 Alliant FX/80 / 66 \\
+ 4.4.8 General Observations / 68 \\
+ 4.5 LINPACK Benchmark / 68 \\
+ 4.5.1 Description of the Benchmark / 69 \\
+ 4.5.2 Calls to the BLAS / 69 \\
+ 4.5.3 Asymptotic Performance / 75 \\
+ 5 Building Blocks in Linear Algebra / 75 \\
+ 5.1 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms / 75 \\
+ 5.1.1 Level 1 BLAS / 76 \\
+ 5.1.2 Level 2 BLAS / 77 \\
+ 5.1.3 Level 3 BLAS / 78 \\
+ 5.2 Levels of Parallelism / 81 \\
+ 5.2.1 Vector Computers / 81 \\
+ 5.2.2 Parallel Processors with Shared Memory / 82 \\
+ 5.2.3 Parallel-Vector Computers / 83 \\
+ 5.2.4 Clusters of Parallel Vector Processors / 84 \\
+ 5.3 Basic Factorizations of Linear Algebra / 84 \\
+ 5.3.1 Point Algorithm: Gaussian Elimination with
+ Partial Pivoting / 84 \\
+ 5.3.2 Special Matrices / 86 \\
+ 5.4 Blocked Algorithms: Matrix-Vector and Matrix-Matrix
+ Versions / 89 \\
+ 5.4.1 Right-Looking Algorithm / 90 \\
+ 5.4.2 Left-Looking Algorithm / 92 \\
+ 5.4.3 Crout Algorithm / 98 \\
+ 5.4.4 Typical Performance of Blocked LU Decomposition /
+ 94 \\
+ 5.4.5 Blocked Symmetric Indefinite Factorization / 95
+ \\
+ 5.4.6 Typical Performance of Blocked Symmetric
+ Indefinite Factorization. / 98 \\
+ 5.5 Linear Least Squares / 98 \\
+ 5.5.1 Householder Method / 99 \\
+ 5.5.2 Blocked Householder Method / 100 \\
+ 5.5.3 Typical Performance of the Blocked Householder
+ Factorization / 101 \\
+ 5.6 Organization of the Modules / 102 \\
+ 5.6.1 Matrix--Vector Product / 102 \\
+ 5.6.2 Matrix--Matrix Product / 103 \\
+ 5.6.3 Typical Performance for Parallel Processing / 104
+ \\
+ 5.6.4 Benefits / 105 \\
+ 5.7 LAPACK / 106 \\
+ 6 Direct Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 109 \\
+ 6.1 Introduction to Direct Methods for Sparse Linear
+ Systems / 111 \\
+ 6.1.1 Three Approaches / 111 \\
+ 6.1.2 Description of Sparse Data Structure / 112 \\
+ 6.1.3 Manipulation of Sparse Data Structure / 114 \\
+ 6.2 General Sparse Matrix Methods / 116 \\
+ 6.3 Methods for Symmetric Matrices and Band Systems /
+ 124 \\
+ 6.3.1 The Clique Concept in Gaussian Elimination / 125
+ \\
+ 6.3.2 Code Performance and Symmetry / 128 \\
+ 6.4 Frontal Methods / 130 \\
+ 6.4.1 Organization / 130 \\
+ 6.4.2 Vector Performance / 132 \\
+ 6.5 Multifrontal Methods / 135 \\
+ 6.5.1 Performance on Vector Machines / 139 \\
+ 6.5.2 Performance on Parallel Machines / 139 \\
+ 6.6 Other Approaches for Exploitation of Parallelism /
+ 141 \\
+ 6.7 Software / 141 \\
+ 6.8 Brief Summary / 142 \\
+ 7 Iterative Solution of Sparse Linear Systems / 143 \\
+ 7.1 Iterative Methods / 145 \\
+ 7.1.1 Conjugate Gradient / 145 \\
+ 7.1.2 Least Squares Conjugate Gradients / 148 \\
+ 7.1.3 Biconjugate Gradients / 150 \\
+ 7.1.4 Conjugate Gradient Squared / 152 \\
+ 7.1.5 GMRES and GMRES(m) / 154 \\
+ 7.1.6 Adaptive Chebychev / 156 \\
+ 7.2 Vector and Parallel Aspects / 158 \\
+ 7.2.1 General Remarks / 158 \\
+ 7.2.2 Sparse Matrix-Vector Multiplication / 160 \\
+ 7.2.3 Performance of the Unpreconditioned Methods / 164
+ \\
+ 7.3 Preconditioning / 165 \\
+ 7.3.1 General Aspects / 165 \\
+ 7.3.2 Efficient Implementations / 168 \\
+ 7.3.3 Partial Vectorization / 170 \\
+ 7.3.4 Reordering the Unknowns / 172 \\
+ 7.3.5 Changing the Order of Computation / 174 \\
+ 7.3.6 Some Other Vectorizable Preconditioners / 180 \\
+ 7.3.7 Parallel Aspects / 183 \\
+ 7.4 Experiences with Parallelism / 186 \\
+ 7.4.1 General Remarks / 186 \\
+ 7.4.2 Overlapping Local Preconditioners / 186 \\
+ 7.4.3 Repeated Twisted Factorization / 188 \\
+ 7.4.4 Twisted and Nested Twisted Factorization / 189
+ \\
+ 7.4.5 Hyperplane Ordering / 189 \\
+ A Acquiring Mathematical Software / 191 \\
+ B Glossary / 197 \\
+ C Information on Various High-Performance Computers /
+ 213 \\
+ D Level 1, 2, and 3 BLAS Quick Reference / 221 \\
+ E Operation Counts for Various BLAS and Decompositions
+ / 227 \\
+ Index / 247",
}
@Book{Doolen:LGM90,
@@ -3917,8 +4335,8 @@
Jean van Heijenoort",
title = "Kurt {\"G}odel: Collected Works. Vol. 1: Publications
1929-1936",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "459",
year = "1986",
ISBN = "0-19-503964-5",
@@ -3970,9 +4388,10 @@
acknowledgement = ack-mz,
}
- at Book{Flynn:1995:WH,
+ at Book{Flynn:1995:WHH,
author = "Peter Flynn",
- title = "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook",
+ title = "The {WorldWideWeb} Handbook: An {HTML} Guide for
+ Users, Authors and Publishers",
publisher = pub-ITCP,
address = pub-ITCP:adr,
pages = "xix + 351",
@@ -3981,12 +4400,46 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-1-85032-205-4",
LCCN = "TK5105.888 .F56 1995",
bibdate = "Wed Nov 15 08:24:30 1995",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- note = "Includes HTML quick reference guide. The book was
- written with the O'Reilly/Davenport DocBook SGML DTD,
- then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to plain {\TeX}, and
- typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain macros.",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/internet.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ note = "Foreword by Tim Berners-Lee. Three sections deal with
+ (1) Getting connected to the Internet and using
+ Internet software; (2) Writing HTML (2.0) files for the
+ WorldWideWeb; (3) Running a HTTP server and providing a
+ Web service. Author is a member of the IETF Working
+ Group on HTML. Text includes additional material on
+ SGML; choice of editors, browsers and servers;
+ copyright and intellectual property; and advance
+ details of HTML3.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ remark = "The book was written with the O'Reilly/Davenport
+ DocBook SGML DTD, then translated with SGML2{\TeX} to
+ plain {\TeX}, and typeset with Karl Berry's Eplain
+ macros.",
+ tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+ 2: WorldWideWhat? \\
+ 3: For beginners \\
+ 4: Getting used to the Internet \\
+ 5: Using a WorldWideWeb browser \\
+ 6: How it works \\
+ 7: Introduction to HTML \\
+ 8: Simple document markup \\
+ 9: Hypertext links and graphics \\
+ 10: Tables, mathematics, and forms \\
+ 11: Controlling appearances \\
+ 12: Server software \\
+ 13: 'Searchable' URLs \\
+ 14: Keeping things straight \\
+ 15: Rights and responsibilities \\
+ 16: Copyright and intellectual property \\
+ 17: Authentication, encryption, and charging \\
+ 18: Future developments \\
+ Appendix A: Converting existing text \\
+ Appendix B: HTML3 \\
+ Appendix C: Resources \\
+ Appendix D: ISO and other sets of code tables",
}
@Book{Fortier:HLT89,
@@ -4087,7 +4540,10 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8053-1670-4",
LCCN = "QA76.73.C15F75 1995",
bibdate = "Wed Feb 08 10:55:34 1995",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/lcc.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
note = "From the authors' announcement: ``\ldots this book is
an example of a `literate program.' Like {\em {\TeX}:
The Program\/} by D. E. Knuth (Addison-Wesley, 1986),
@@ -4104,7 +4560,175 @@
on the WWW at URL
\path=http://www.cs.princeton.edu/software/lcc=.''",
price = "US\$55.95",
+ URL = "https://www.pearson.com/us/higher-education/program/Hanson-Retargetable-C-Compiler-A-Design-and-Implementation/PGM166351.html",
+ abstract = "This new text examines the design and implementation
+ of Icc, a production-quality, retargetable compiler,
+ designed at AT\&T Bell Laboratories and Princeton
+ University for the ANSI C programming language. The
+ authors' innovative approach --- a ``literate program''
+ that intermingles the text with the source code ---
+ gives a detailed tour of the code that explains the
+ implementation and design decisions reflected in the
+ software. And while most books describe toy compilers
+ or focus on isolated pieces of code, the authors have
+ made available the entire source code for a real
+ compiler. Structured as a self-study guide that
+ describes the real-world tradeoffs encountered in
+ building a production-quality compiler, A Retargetable
+ C Compiler is also useful to individuals who work in
+ application areas using or creating language-based
+ tools and techniques. Features: discusses the
+ implementation and design tradeoffs made while
+ constructing a real ANSI C compiler, illustrating the
+ interaction between theory and practice; covers
+ compiler theory only as needed to understand the
+ implementation of Icc, focusing instead on practical,
+ applied issues; encourages a deeper understanding of
+ programming in C, by providing C programmers with a
+ tour of the language from the perspective of compiler
+ authors; includes coverage of code generators for the
+ MIPS R3000, SPARC, and Intel 386 and its successors;
+ and provides access to the full source code for the Icc
+ compiler, the three back ends, and the code-generator
+ generator, either on disk or via FTP.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1. Introduction: Literate Programs \\
+ How to Read This Book \\
+ Overview \\
+ Design \\
+ Common Declarations \\
+ Syntax Specifications \\
+ Errors \\
+ 2. Storage Management: Memory Management Interface \\
+ Arena Representation \\
+ Allocating Space \\
+ Deallocating Space \\
+ Strings \\
+ 3. Types: Representing Symbols \\
+ Representing Symbol Tables \\
+ Changing Scope \\
+ Finding and Installing Identifiers \\
+ Labels \\
+ Constants \\
+ Generated Variables \\
+ 4. Code Generation Interface: Representing Types \\
+ Type Management \\
+ Type Predicates \\
+ Type Constructors \\
+ Function Types \\
+ Structure and Enumeration Types \\
+ Type-Checking Functions \\
+ Type Mapping \\
+ 5. Lexical Analysis: Type Metrics \\
+ Interface Records \\
+ Symbols \\
+ Types \\
+ Dag Operators \\
+ Interface Flags \\
+ Initialization \\
+ Definitions \\
+ Constants \\
+ Functions \\
+ Interface Binding \\
+ Upcalls \\
+ 6. Parsing: Input \\
+ Recognizing Tokens \\
+ Recognizing Keywords \\
+ Recognizing Identifiers \\
+ Recognizing Numbers \\
+ Recognizing Character Constants and Strings \\
+ 7. Expressions \\
+ Languages and Grammars \\
+ Ambiguity and Parse Trees \\
+ Top-Down Parsing \\
+ FIRST and FOLLOW Sets \\
+ Writing Parsing Functions \\
+ Handling Syntax Errors \\
+ 8. Expressions: Representing Expressions \\
+ Parsing Expressions \\
+ Parsing C Expressions \\
+ Assignment Expressions \\
+ Conditional Expressions \\
+ Binary Expressions \\
+ Unary and Postfix Expressions \\
+ Primary Expressions \\
+ 9. Expression Semantics: Conversions \\
+ Unary and Postfix Operators \\
+ Function Calls \\
+ Binary Operators \\
+ Assignments \\
+ Conditionals \\
+ Constant Folding \\
+ 10. Statements: Representing Code \\
+ Execution Points \\
+ Recognizing Statements \\
+ If Statements \\
+ Labels and Gotos \\
+ Loops \\
+ Switch Statements \\
+ Return Statements \\
+ Managing Labels and Jumps \\
+ 11. Declarations: Translation Units \\
+ Declarations \\
+ Declarators \\
+ Function Declarators \\
+ Structure Specifiers \\
+ Function Definitions \\
+ Compound Statements \\
+ Finalization \\
+ The Main Program \\
+ 12. Generating Immediate Code: Eliminating Common
+ Subexpressions \\
+ Building Nodes \\
+ Flow of Control \\
+ Assignments \\
+ Function Calls \\
+ Enforcing Evaluation Order \\
+ Driving Code Generation \\
+ Eliminating Multiply Referenced Nodes \\
+ 13. Structuring the Code Generator: Organization of the
+ Code Generator \\
+ Interface Extensions \\
+ Upcalls \\
+ Node Extensions \\
+ Symbol Extensions \\
+ Frame Layout \\
+ Generating Code to Copy Blocks \\
+ Initialization \\
+ 14. Selecting and Emitting instructions: Specifications
+ \\
+ Labelling the Tree \\
+ Reducing the Tree \\
+ Cost Functions \\
+ Debugging \\
+ The Emitter \\
+ Register Targeting \\
+ Coordinating Instruction Selection \\
+ Shared Rules \\
+ Writing Specifications \\
+ 15. Register Allocation: Organization \\
+ Tracking the Register State \\
+ Allocating Registers \\
+ Spilling \\
+ 16. Generating MIPS R3000 Code: Registers \\
+ Selecting Instructions \\
+ Implementing Functions \\
+ Defining Data \\
+ Segments \\
+ Copying Blocks \\
+ 17. Generating SPARC Code: Registers \\
+ Selecting Instructions \\
+ Implementing Functions \\
+ Defining Data \\
+ Copying Blocks, 18. Generating X86 Code: Registers \\
+ Selecting Instructions \\
+ Implementing Functions \\
+ Defining Data \\
+ 19. Retrospective: Data Structures \\
+ Interface \\
+ Syntactic and Semantic Analyses \\
+ Code Generation and Optimization \\
+ Testing and Validation",
}
@Book{Freeman:NN91,
@@ -4218,8 +4842,8 @@
@Book{Gibson:PNA90,
author = "Rosalind S. Gibson",
title = "Principles of Nutritional Assessment",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "xvi + 691",
year = "1990",
ISBN = "0-19-505838-0",
@@ -4288,38 +4912,199 @@
acknowledgement = ack-mz,
}
- at Book{Golub:MC89,
- author = "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. van Loan",
+ at Book{Golub:1989:MC,
+ author = "Gene H. Golub and Charles F. {Van Loan}",
title = "Matrix Computations",
- publisher = pub-JHUP,
- address = pub-JHUP:adr,
+ volume = "3",
+ publisher = pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS,
+ address = pub-JOHNS-HOPKINS:adr,
edition = "Second",
- pages = "xvi + 476",
+ pages = "xix + 642",
year = "1989",
- ISBN = "0-8018-3010-9 (hardcover), 0-8018-3011-7 (paperback)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-8018-3010-5 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3011-2
+ ISBN = "0-8018-3772-3 (hardcover), 0-8018-3739-1 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8018-3772-2 (hardcover), 978-0-8018-3739-5
(paperback)",
- LCCN = "QA188 .G65 1983",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:46 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ LCCN = "QA188 .G65 1989",
+ MRclass = "65Fxx (65-02)",
+ MRnumber = "90d:65055",
+ MRreviewer = "Perry Smith",
+ bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:01 1998",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/l/lanczos-cornelius.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/domain-decomp.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/matlab.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ price = "US\$14.50",
series = "Johns Hopkins Series in the Mathematical Sciences",
+ ZMnumber = "0733.65016",
+ abstract = "Thoroughly revised, updated, and expanded by more than
+ one third, this new edition of Golub and Van Loan's
+ landmark book in scientific computing provides the
+ vital mathematical background and algorithmic skills
+ required for the production of numerical software. New
+ chapters on high performance computing use matrix
+ multiplication to show how to organize a calculation
+ for vector processors as well as for computers with
+ shared or distributed memories. Also new are
+ discussions of parallel vector methods for linear
+ equations, least squares, and eigenvalue problems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16,
+ 2007)",
+ keywords = "book; math; matrices --- data processing; matrices ---
+ informatique; na; nla",
+ libnote = "Not yet in my library.",
+ remark = "See review by G. W. Steward in Mathematics of
+ Computation, Vol. 56, No. 193 (Jan., 1991),
+ pp. 380--381.",
+ shorttableofcontents = "Preface to the Third Edition \\
+ Software \\
+ Selected References \\
+ Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\
+ Matrix Analysis / 48 \\
+ General Linear Systems / 87 \\
+ Special Linear Systems / 133 \\
+ Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 206 \\
+ Parallel Matrix Computations / 275 \\
+ The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 308 \\
+ The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 391 \\
+ Lanczos Methods / 470 \\
+ Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 508 \\
+ Functions of Matrices / 555 \\
+ Special Topics / 579 \\
+ Bibliography / 637 \\
+ Index / 687",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface to the First Edition / xi \\
+ Preface to the Second Edition / xv \\
+ Using the Book / xvii \\
+ 1: Matrix Multiplication Problems / 1 \\
+ 1.1 Basic Algorithms and Notations / 2 \\
+ 1.2 Exploiting Structure / 16 \\
+ 1.3 Block Matrices and Algorithms / 25 \\
+ 1.4 Aspects of Vector Pipeline Computing / 35 \\
+ 2: Matrix Analysis / 49 \\
+ 2.1 Basic Ideas from Linear Algebra / 49 \\
+ 2.2 Vector Norms / 53 \\
+ 2.3 Matrix Norms / 55 \\
+ 2.4 Finite Precision Matrix Computations / 60 \\
+ 2.5 Orthogonality and the SVD / 70 \\
+ 2.6 Projections and the CS Decomposition / 75 \\
+ 2.7 The Sensitivity of Square Linear Systems / 79 \\
+ 3: General Linear Systems / 86 \\
+ 3.1 Triangular Systems / 86 \\
+ 3.2 Computing the LU Factorization / 92 \\
+ 3.3 Roundoff Analysis of Gaussian Elimination / 104 \\
+ 3.4 Pivoting / 108 \\
+ 3.5 Improving and Estimating Accuracy / 123 \\
+ 4: Special Linear Systems / 133 \\
+ 4.1 The $LDM^T$ and $LDL^T$ Factorizations / 134 \\
+ 4.2 Positive Definite Systems / 139 \\
+ 4.3 Banded Systems / 149 \\
+ 4.4 Symmetric Indefinite Systems / 159 \\
+ 4.5 Block Tridiagonal Systems / 170 \\
+ 4.6 Vandermonde Systems / 178 \\
+ 4.7 Toeplitz Systems / 183 \\
+ 5: Orthogonalization and Least Squares / 193 \\
+ 5.1 Householder and Givens Transformations / 194 \\
+ 5.2 The $Q R$ Factorization / 211 \\
+ 5.3 The Full Rank Least Squares Problem / 221 \\
+ 5.4 Other Orthogonal Factorizations / 233 \\
+ 5.5 The Rank Deficient Least Squares Problem / 241 \\
+ 5.6 Weighting and Iterative Improvement / 250 \\
+ 5.7 A Note on Square and Underdetermined Systems / 256
+ \\
+ 6: Parallel Matrix Computations / 260 \\
+ 6.1 Distributed Memory Gaxpy / 261 \\
+ 6.2 Shared Memory Gaxpy / 276 \\
+ 6.3 Parallel Matrix Multiplication / 288 \\
+ 6.4 Ring Factorization Procedures / 301 \\
+ 6.5 Mesh Factorization Procedures / 310 \\
+ 6.6 Shared Memory Factorization Methods / 321 \\
+ 7: The Unsymmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 331 \\
+ 7.1 Properties and Decompositions / 332 \\
+ 7.2 Perturbation Theory / 341 \\
+ 7.3 Power Iterations / 351 \\
+ 7.4 Hessenberg and Real Schur Forms / 361 \\
+ 7.5 The Practical $Q R$ Algorithm / 373 \\
+ 7.6 Invariant Subspace Computations / 382 \\
+ 7.7 The $QZ$ Method for $A x = \lambda B x$ / 394 \\
+ 8: The Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem / 409 \\
+ 8.1 Properties, Decompositions, Perturbation Theory /
+ 410 \\
+ 8.2 The Symmetric $Q R$ Algorithm / 418 \\
+ 8.3 Computing the SVD / 427 \\
+ 8.4 Some Special Methods / 437 \\
+ 8.5 Jacobi Methods / 444 \\
+ 8.6 A Divide and Conquer Method / 459 \\
+ 8.7 More Generalized Eigenvalue Problems / 466 \\
+ 9: Lanczos Methods / 475 \\
+ 9.1 Derivation and Convergence Properties / 476 \\
+ 9.2 Practical Lanczos Procedures / 484 \\
+ 9.3 Applications and Extensions / 494 \\
+ 10: Iterative Methods for Linear Systems / 505 \\
+ 10.1 The Standard Iterations / 506 \\
+ 10.2 The Conjugate Gradient Method / 516 \\
+ 10.3 Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient Methods / 527
+ \\
+ 11: Functions of Matrices / 539 \\
+ 11.1 Eigenvalue Methods / 540 \\
+ 11.2 Approximation Methods / 546 \\
+ 11.3 The Matrix Exponential / 555 \\
+ 12: Special Topics / 561 \\
+ 12.1 Some Constrained Least Squares Problems / 561 \\
+ 12.2 Subset Selection Using the SVD / 571 \\
+ 12.3 Total Least Squares / 576 \\
+ 12.4 Comparing Subspaces Using the SVD / 581 \\
+ 12.5 Some Modified Eigenvalue Problems / 587 \\
+ 12.6 Updating the $Q R$ Factorization / 592 \\
+ Bibliography / 601 \\
+ Index / 635",
}
- at Book{Golub:SCD92,
+ at Book{Golub:1992:SCD,
author = "Gene H. Golub and James M. Ortega",
- title = "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations",
- publisher = pub-AP,
- address = pub-AP:adr,
+ title = "Scientific Computing and Differential Equations: An
+ Introduction to Numerical Methods",
+ publisher = pub-ACADEMIC,
+ address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
+ edition = "Second",
pages = "xi + 337",
year = "1992",
ISBN = "0-12-289255-0",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-289255-4",
LCCN = "QA371 .G62 1992",
+ MRclass = "65Lxx, 00A06, 65-01, 65Fxx, 65Hxx, 65Mxx, 65Nxx",
+ MRnumber = "92f:65002",
bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:00:48 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
note = prep-latex,
+ ZMnumber = "0749.65041",
acknowledgement = ack-gg,
+ author-dates = "Gene Howard Golub (February 29, 1932--November 16,
+ 2007)",
+ keywords = "na, book",
+ remark = "Several library catalogs identify this entry and entry
+ Golub:1996:SCD as `editions': however, the ISBN remains
+ unchanged, and no trace of first or third editions has
+ been found in library catalogs, so it may be that these
+ are just printings, possibly with corrections.",
+ tableofcontents = "The World of Scientific Computing \\
+ Letting It Fly \\
+ Initial Value Problems \\
+ Pinning It Down: Boundary Value Problems \\
+ More on Linear Systems of Equations \\
+ Life Is Really Nonlinear \\
+ Is There More Than Finite Differences? N Important
+ Numbers \\
+ Space and Time \\
+ The Curse of Dimensionality \\
+ Appendixes: Analysis of Differential Equations \\
+ Linear Algebra \\
+ Bibliography \\
+ Index",
}
@Book{Goodheart:MGE94,
@@ -4394,18 +5179,77 @@
acknowledgement = ack-mz,
}
- at Book{Grandine:NMP90,
+ at Book{Grandine:1990:NMP,
author = "Thomas A. Grandine",
title = "The Numerical Methods Programming Projects Book",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "viii + 146",
year = "1990",
- ISBN = "0-19-853387-X",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853387-0",
+ ISBN = "0-19-853385-3 (hardcover), 0-19-853387-X (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853385-6 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853387-0
+ (paperback)",
LCCN = "QA76.6 .G718 1990",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:01:17 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:54:20 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ ZMnumber = "0687.65002",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ shorttableofcontents = "Introduction \\
+ 1. The Set Up \\
+ 2. Project 1 Through Project 22 \\
+ 3. Documentation \\
+ 4. Co5adf \\
+ 5. Do1ajf \\
+ 6. Do2hbf \\
+ 7. Eo2baf \\
+ 8. Eo2bcf \\
+ 9. Eo2bdf \\
+ 10. Eo4vdf \\
+ 11. Fo1btf \\
+ 12. Fo2waf \\
+ 13. Fo4ayf \\
+ 14. FO4JGf",
+ tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
+ The setup / 6 \\
+ Project 1 / 8 \\
+ Project 2 / 10 \\
+ Project 3 / 12 \\
+ Project 4 / 14 \\
+ Project 5 / 16 \\
+ Project 6 / 18 \\
+ Project 7 / 20 \\
+ Project 8 / 22 \\
+ Project 9 / 25 \\
+ Project 10 / 27 \\
+ Project 11 / 30 \\
+ Project 12 / 32 \\
+ Project 13 / 36 \\
+ Project 14 / 38 \\
+ Project 15 / 40 \\
+ Project 16 / 42 \\
+ Project 17 / 44 \\
+ Project 18 / 46 \\
+ Project 19 / 48 \\
+ Project 20 / 51 \\
+ Project 21 / 53 \\
+ Project 22 / 56 \\
+ Documentation / 59 \\
+ C0SADF / 60 \\
+ D01AJF / 63 \\
+ D02BBF / 67 \\
+ D02HBF / 73 \\
+ E02BAF / 82 \\
+ E02BCF / 88 \\
+ E02BDF / 92 \\
+ E04VDF / 95 \\
+ F01BTF / 106 \\
+ F02WAF / 109 \\
+ F04AYF / 113 \\
+ F04JGF / 116 \\
+ Answers to exercises / 121 \\
+ NAG Graphical Library examples / 135 Index / 144",
}
@Book{Granshaw:HAO88,
@@ -4885,11 +5729,71 @@
ISBN = "0-89871-355-2 (paperback)",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-89871-355-8 (paperback)",
LCCN = "QA297.H53 1996",
+ MRclass = "65Fxx, 15-04, 65-02, 65G50",
bibdate = "Tue Jan 30 11:01:35 1996",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- note = "Typeset with \LaTeX2e",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/h/higham-nicholas-john.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
price = "US\$39.00",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ URL = "http://www.ma.man.ac.uk/~higham/asna.html",
+ acknowledgement = ack-njh # " and " # ack-nhfb,
+ remark = "Typeset with \LaTeX2e.",
+ tableofcontents = "Principles of Finite Precision Computation \\
+ Relative Error and Significant Digits \\
+ Sources of Errors \\
+ Precision Versus Accuracy \\
+ Backward and Forward Errors \\
+ Conditioning \\
+ Cancellation \\
+ Solving a Quadratic Equation \\
+ Computing the Sample Variance \\
+ Solving Linear Equations \\
+ Accumulation of Rounding Errors \\
+ Instability Without Cancellation \\
+ Increasing the Precision \\
+ Cancellation of Rounding Errors \\
+ Rounding Errors Can Be Beneficial \\
+ Stability of an Algorithm Depends on the Problem \\
+ Rounding Errors Are Not Random \\
+ Designing Stable Algorithms \\
+ Misconceptions \\
+ Rounding Errors in Numerical Analysis \\
+ Floating Point Arithmetic \\
+ Floating Point Number System \\
+ Model of Arithmetic \\
+ IEEE Arithmetic \\
+ Aberrant Arithmetics \\
+ Exact Subtraction \\
+ Fused Multiply-Add Operation \\
+ Choice of Base and Distribution of Numbers \\
+ Statistical Distribution of Rounding Errors \\
+ Alternative Number Systems \\
+ Elementary Functions \\
+ Accuracy Tests \\
+ Inner and Outer Products \\
+ The Purpose of Rounding Error Analysis \\
+ Running Error Analysis \\
+ Notation for Error Analysis \\
+ Matrix Multiplication \\
+ Complex Arithmetic \\
+ Miscellany \\
+ Error Analysis Demystified \\
+ Other Approaches \\
+ Summation \\
+ Summation Methods \\
+ Error Analysis \\
+ Compensated Summation \\
+ Other Summation Methods \\
+ Statistical Estimates of Accuracy \\
+ Choice of Method \\
+ Polynomials \\
+ Horner's Method \\
+ Evaluating Derivatives \\
+ The Newton Form and Polynomial Interpolation \\
+ Matrix Polynomials \\
+ Norms \\
+ Vector Norms",
}
@Book{Hildreth:MVM84,
@@ -5900,20 +6804,28 @@
acknowledgement = ack-fl,
}
- at Book{Lyche:MMC89,
- author = "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker",
+ at Proceedings{Lyche:1989:MMC,
+ editor = "Tom Lyche and Larry L. Schumaker",
+ booktitle = "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric
+ Design",
title = "Mathematical Methods in Computer Aided Geometric
Design",
- publisher = pub-AP,
- address = pub-AP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-ACADEMIC,
+ address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
pages = "xv + 611",
year = "1989",
ISBN = "0-12-460515-X",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-460515-2",
LCCN = "QA448.D38 M381 1989",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:03:54 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
+ MRclass = "00Bxx, 41-06",
+ bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:38:41 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ ZMnumber = "0669.00011",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ remark = "Papers originally presented at an international
+ conference held June 16--22, 1988, at the University of
+ Oslo, Norway.",
}
@Book{Lynch:1996:DA,
@@ -7313,10 +8225,41 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-00311-5",
LCCN = "QA76.9.A25 S265 2003",
bibdate = "Mon Jun 16 18:35:35 2003",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cryptography2000.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/datacompression.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
price = "US\$59.95",
URL = "http://www.booksbydavidsalomon.com/",
+ abstract = "This integrated volume focuses on keeping data secure
+ and private and covers classical cryptography, modern
+ cryptography, and steganography. Each topic is
+ presented and explained by describing various methods,
+ techniques, and algorithms. Moreover, there are
+ numerous helpful examples to reinforce the reader's
+ understanding and expertise with these techniques and
+ methodologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Part I: Data Encryption \\
+ 1: Monoalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\
+ 2: Transposition Ciphers \\
+ 3: Polyalphabetic Substitution Ciphers \\
+ 4: Random Numbers \\
+ 5: The Enigma \\
+ 6: Stream Ciphers \\
+ 7: Block Ciphers \\
+ 8: Public-Key Cryptography \\
+ 9: Quantum Cryptography \\
+ Part II: Data Hiding \\
+ 10: Data Hiding in Text \\
+ 11: Data Hiding in Images \\
+ 12: Data Hiding: Other Methods \\
+ Part III: Essential Resources \\
+ Appendix A: Convolution \\
+ Appendix B: Hashing \\
+ Appendix C: Cyclic Redundancy Codes \\
+ Appendix D: Galois Fields",
}
@Book{Salomon:2004:DCC,
@@ -7679,7 +8622,7 @@
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
- at Book{Sedgewick:A88,
+ at Book{Sedgewick:1988:A,
author = "Robert Sedgewick",
title = "Algorithms",
publisher = pub-AW,
@@ -7690,10 +8633,18 @@
ISBN = "0-201-06673-4",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-06673-9",
LCCN = "QA76.6 .S435 1988",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:07:56 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- note = prep-tex,
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-mz,
+ MRclass = "68-01, 68N01, 68P05, 68P10, 68Q25, 68W10, 68W99",
+ bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:41:37 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg-2ed.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/hash.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ price = "US\$34.95",
+ ZMnumber = "0717.68005",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not yet in my library.",
+ remark = prep-tex,
}
@Book{Sedgewick:AC90,
@@ -7956,24 +8907,36 @@
acknowledgement = ack-te,
}
- at Book{Steele:common-lisp-2,
+ at Book{Steele:1990:CLL,
author = "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}",
- title = "Common Lisp\emdash The Language",
- publisher = pub-DP # " and " # pub-PH,
- address = pub-DP:adr # " and " # pub-PH:adr,
+ title = "{Common Lisp}: The Language",
+ publisher = pub-DP,
+ address = pub-DP:adr,
edition = "Second",
pages = "xxiii + 1029",
year = "1990",
- ISBN = "1-55558-041-6 (paperback) and 1-55558-042-4
- (hardcover) (Digital Press), 0-13-152414-3
- (Prentice-Hall)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback) and 978-1-55558-042-1
- (hardcover) (Digital Press), 978-0-13-152414-9
- (Prentice-Hall)",
+ ISBN = "1-55558-041-6 (paperback), 1-55558-042-4 (hardcover),
+ 0-08-050226-1 (e-book), 0-13-152414-3 (Prentice-Hall)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-1-55558-041-4 (paperback), 978-1-55558-042-1
+ (hardcover), 978-0-08-050226-7 (e-book),
+ 978-0-13-152414-9 (Prentice-Hall)",
LCCN = "QA76.73.L23 S73 1990",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 10:26:10 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- note = "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the
+ bibdate = "Thu May 16 16:38:35 2002",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/case-based-reasoning.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/common-lisp.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ note = "With contributions by Scott E. Fahlman and others, and
+ with contributions to the second edition by Daniel G.
+ Bobrow and others. See also
+ \cite{Steele:CLL84,Tatar:PGC87}.",
+ abstract = "In this greatly expanded edition of the defacto
+ standard, you'll learn about the nearly 200 changes
+ already made since original publication --- and find
+ out about gray areas likely to be revised later.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not yet in my library.",
+ remark = "Camera-ready copy for this book was created by the
author (using {\TeX}, {\LaTeX}, and {\TeX} macros
written by the author), proofed on an Apple LaserWriter
II, and printed on a Linotron 300 at Advanced Computer
@@ -8004,8 +8967,113 @@
book were digitized by Adobe Systems Incorporated,
except for Computer Modern Math, which was designed by
Donald E. Knuth.",
- price = "US\$38.95 (paperback), US\$44.95 (hardcover)",
- acknowledgement = ack-gs,
+ tableofcontents = "Preface (Second Edition) \\
+ Acknowledgments (Second Edition) \\
+ Acknowledgments (First Edition) \\
+ 1: Introduction \\
+ 1.1. Purpose \\
+ 1.2. Notational Conventions \\
+ 2: Data Types \\
+ 2.1. Numbers \\
+ 2.2. Characters \\
+ 2.3. Symbols \\
+ 2.4. Lists and Conses \\
+ 2.5. Arrays \\
+ 2.6. Hash Tables \\
+ 2.7. Readtables \\
+ 2.8. Packages \\
+ 2.9. Pathnames \\
+ 2.10. Streams \\
+ 2.11. Random-States \\
+ 2.12. Structures \\
+ 2.13. Functions \\
+ 2.14. Unreadable Data Objects \\
+ 2.15. Overlap, Inclusion, and Disjointness of Types \\
+ 3: Scope and Extent \\
+ 4: Type Specifiers \\
+ 4.1. Type Specifier Symbols \\
+ 4.2. Type Specifier Lists \\
+ 4.3. Predicating Type Specifiers \\
+ 4.4. Type Specifiers That Combine \\
+ 4.5. Type Specifiers That Specialize \\
+ 4.6. Type Specifiers That Abbreviate \\
+ 4.7. Defining New Type Specifiers \\
+ 4.8. Type Conversion Function \\
+ 4.9. Determining the Type of an Object \\
+ 4.10. Type Upgrading \\
+ 5: Program Structure \\
+ 5.1. Forms \\
+ 5.2. Functions \\
+ 5.3. Top-Level Forms \\
+ 6: Predicates \\
+ 6.1. Logical Values \\
+ 6.2. Data Type Predicates \\
+ 6.3. Equality Predicates \\
+ 6.4. Logical Operators \\
+ 7: Control Structure \\
+ 7.1. Constants and Variables \\
+ 7.2. Generalized Variables \\
+ 7.3. Function Invocation \\
+ 7.4. Simple Sequencing \\
+ 7.5. Establishing New Variable Bindings \\
+ 7.6. Conditionals \\
+ 7.7. Blocks and Exits \\
+ 7.8. Iteration \\
+ 7.9. Structure Traversal and Side Effects \\
+ 7.10. Multiple Values \\
+ 7.11. Dynamic Non-Local Exits \\
+ 8: Macros \\
+ 8.1. Macro Definition \\
+ 8.2. Macro Expansion \\
+ 8.3. Destructuring \\
+ 8.4. Compiler Macros \\
+ 8.5. Environments \\
+ 9: Declarations \\
+ 9.1. Declaration Syntax \\
+ 9.2. Declaration Specifiers \\
+ 9.3. Type Declaration for Forms \\
+ 10: Symbols \\
+ 10.1. The Property List \\
+ 10.2. The Print Name \\
+ 10.3. Creating Symbols \\
+ 11: Packages \\
+ 11.1. Consistency Rules \\
+ 11.2. Package Names \\
+ 11.3. Translating Strings to Symbols \\
+ 11.4. Exporting and Importing Symbols \\
+ 11.5. Name Conflicts \\
+ 11.6. Built-in Packages \\
+ 11.7. Package System Functions and Variables \\
+ 11.8. Modules \\
+ 11.9. An Example \\
+ 12: Numbers \\
+ 12.1. Precision, Contagion, and Coercion \\
+ 12.2. Predicates on Numbers \\
+ 12.3. Comparisons on Numbers \\
+ 12.4. Arithmetic Operations \\
+ 12.5. Irrational and Transcendental Functions \\
+ 12.6. Type Conversions and Component Extractions on
+ Numbers \\
+ 12.7. Logical Operations on Numbers \\
+ 12.8. Byte Manipulation Functions \\
+ 12.9. Random Numbers \\
+ 12.10. Implementation Parameters \\
+ 13: Characters \\
+ 13.1. Character Attributes \\
+ 13.2. Predicates on Characters \\
+ 13.3. Character Construction and Selection \\
+ 13.4. Character Conversions \\
+ 13.5. Character Control-Bit Functions \\
+ 14: Sequences \\
+ 14.1. Simple Sequence Functions \\
+ 14.2. Concatenating, Mapping, and Reducing Sequences
+ \\
+ 14.3. Modifying Sequences \\
+ 14.4. Searching Sequences for Items \\
+ 14.5. Sorting and Merging \\
+ 15: Lists \\
+ 15.1. Conses \\
+ 15.2. Lists",
}
@Book{Stephen:NND90,
@@ -8656,21 +9724,86 @@
acknowledgement = ack-mz,
}
- at Book{vanHerwijnen:PS90,
- author = "Eric van Herwijnen",
+ at Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS,
+ author = "Eric {van Herwijnen}",
title = "Practical {SGML}",
publisher = pub-KLUWER,
address = pub-KLUWER:adr,
pages = "xviii + 307",
year = "1990",
- ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0",
+ ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1",
LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 10:37:37 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
- note = "I have not yet seen the final version; it might not be
- in {\TeX/\LaTeX}.",
- acknowledgement = ack-mc,
+ bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ price = "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00",
+ abstract = "Many times there are subjects which demand further
+ explanations and guidance written about them. Such is
+ the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup
+ Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986
+ under the number 8879. There have been many conferences
+ given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in
+ SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan.
+ This book is the first which contains information not
+ only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and
+ ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions
+ of the current software written to be conforming to the
+ ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user
+ and application developer to understand the many issues
+ necessary to develop SGML implementations (software
+ selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML
+ applications. A number of examples of the applications
+ of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can
+ expect that the book will stimulate further discussion
+ of these. This book is a practical guide to various
+ components of the language and the author's experience
+ in development and working with SGML in his position as
+ leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures
+ that the guidance is based on practical first-hand
+ experience at an installation with a large number of
+ end-users of very varied experience.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\
+ 1: Introduction \\
+ 2: An SGML application \\
+ document type components \\
+ 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\
+ 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary
+ \\
+ 5: Managing SGML \\
+ II: Advanced SGML 97 \\
+ 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\
+ 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\
+ 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\
+ III: SGML implementations 165 \\
+ 9: SGML implementations \\
+ 10: Creating SGML documents \\
+ 11: SGML and databases \\
+ 12: The CALS initiative \\
+ 13: SGML and EDI \\
+ Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\
+ A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\
+ A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\
+ A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\
+ A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\
+ A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\
+ A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\
+ A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\
+ Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\
+ B.1 Statistics \\
+ B.2 Document exchange \\
+ B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\
+ Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\
+ Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\
+ Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\
+ E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\
+ E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\
+ E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\
+ Bibliography for Glossary",
}
@Book{vanHerwijnen:PS94,
@@ -8841,8 +9974,8 @@
@Book{Vitter:DAC87,
author = "Jeffrey Scott Vitter",
title = "Design and Analysis of Coalesced Hashing",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "xii + 160",
year = "1987",
ISBN = "0-19-504182-8",
@@ -9134,8 +10267,8 @@
author = "Arthur G. Werschulz",
title = "The Computational Complexity of Differential and
Integral Equations: An Information-Based Approach",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "ix + 331",
month = oct,
year = "1991",
@@ -9484,20 +10617,118 @@
acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
}
- at Book{Zwillinger:HI92,
+ at Book{Zwillinger:1992:HI,
author = "Daniel Zwillinger",
title = "Handbook of Integration",
- publisher = pub-JBP,
- address = pub-JBP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-A-K-PETERS,
+ address = pub-A-K-PETERS:adr,
pages = "xv + 367",
year = "1992",
- ISBN = "0-86720-293-9",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-86720-293-9",
+ ISBN = "0-86720-293-9, 1-4398-6584-1 (e-book)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-86720-293-9, 978-1-4398-6584-2 (e-book)",
LCCN = "QA299.3 .Z85 1992",
- bibdate = "Tue Mar 30 16:11:44 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
+ MRclass = "65D32, 26A42, 65-00, 65D30, 68W30, 28-01, 26-01",
+ bibdate = "Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/numana1990.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
note = prep-tex,
- acknowledgement = ack-ys,
+ abstract = "This book is a compilation of the most important and
+ widely applicable methods for evaluating and
+ approximating integrals. It is an indispensable time
+ saver for engineers and scientists needing to evaluate
+ integrals in their work.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ bookformat = "Hardcover",
+ category = "Professional \& Technical; Professional Science;
+ Mathematics; Pure Mathematics; Calculus",
+ DEWEY = "515.43 20",
+ idnumber = "541",
+ keywords = "Numerical integration",
+ libnote = "Not in my library.",
+ subject = "Numerical integration",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface \\
+ Introduction \\
+ How to Use This Book \\
+ Part I: Applications of Integration \\
+ 1: Differential Equations: Integral Representations \\
+ 2: Differential Equations: Integral Transforms \\
+ 3: Extremal Problems \\
+ 4: Function Representation \\
+ 5: Geometric Applications \\
+ 6: MIT Integration Bee \\
+ 7: Probability \\
+ 8: Summations: Combinatorial \\
+ 9: Summations: Other \\
+ 10: Zeros of Functions \\
+ 11: Miscellaneous Applications \\
+ Part II: Concepts and Definitions \\
+ 12: Definitions \\
+ 13: Integral Definitions \\
+ 14: Caveats \\
+ 15: Changing Order of Integration \\
+ 16: Convergence of Integrals \\
+ 17: Exterior Calculus \\
+ 18: Feynman Diagrams \\
+ 19: Finite Part of Integrals \\
+ 20: Fractional Integration \\
+ 21: Liouville Theory \\
+ 22: Mean Value Theorems \\
+ 23: Path Integrals \\
+ 24: Principal Value Integrals \\
+ 25: Transforms: To a Finite Interval \\
+ 26: Transforms: Multidimensional Integrals \\
+ 27: Transforms: Miscellaneous \\
+ Part III: Exact Analytical Methods \\
+ 28: Change of Variable \\
+ 29: Computer Aided Solution \\
+ 30: Contour Integration \\
+ 31: Convolution Techniques \\
+ 32: Differentiation and Integration \\
+ 33: Dilogarithms \\
+ 34: Elliptic Integrals \\
+ 35: Frullanian Integrals . \\
+ 36: Functional Equations \\
+ 37: Integration by Parts \\
+ 38: Line and Surface Integrals \\
+ 39: Look Up Technique \\
+ 40: Special Integration Techniques \\
+ 41: Stochastic Integration \\
+ 42: Tables of Integrals \\
+ Part IV: Approximate Analytical Methods \\
+ 43: Asymptotic Expansions \\
+ 44: Asymptotic Expansions: Multiple Integrals \\
+ 45: Continued Fractions \\
+ 46: Integral Inequalities \\
+ 47: Integration by Parts \\
+ 48: Interval Analysis \\
+ 49: Laplace's Method \\
+ 50: Stationary Phase \\
+ 51: Steepest Descent \\
+ 52: Approximations: Miscellaneous \\
+ Part V: Numerical Methods: Concepts \\
+ 53: Introduction to Numerical Methods \\
+ 54: Numerical Definitions \\
+ 55: Error Analysis \\
+ 56: Romberg Integration / Richardson Extrapolation \\
+ 57: Software Libraries: Introduction \\
+ 58: Software Libraries: Taxonomy \\
+ 59: Software Libraries: Excerpts from GAMS \\
+ 60: Testing Quadrature Rules \\
+ 61: Truncating an Infinite Interval \\
+ Part VI: Numerical Methods: Techniques \\
+ 62: Adaptive Quadrature \\
+ 63: Clenshaw--Curtis Rules \\
+ 64: Compound Rules \\
+ 65: Cubic Splines \\
+ 66: Using Derivative Information \\
+ 67: Gaussian Quadrature \\
+ 68: Gaussian Quadrature: Generalized \\
+ 69: Gaussian Quadrature: Kronrod's Extension \\
+ 70: Lattice Rules \\
+ 71: Monte Carlo Method \\
+ 72: Number Theoretic Methods",
}
@Proceedings{Brachman:KR91,
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% BibTeX-file{
%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%% version = "3.70",
-%%% date = "05 January 2019",
-%%% time = "17:12:44 MST",
+%%% version = "3.71",
+%%% date = "31 January 2019",
+%%% time = "10:23:30 MST",
%%% filename = "texbook3.bib",
%%% address = "University of Utah
%%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
-%%% checksum = "41693 18059 74365 731828",
+%%% checksum = "28687 20940 92102 883729",
%%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@
%%% covered in separate bibliographies
%%% (ep.bib, epodd.bib, and sgml.bib).
%%%
-%%% At version 3.70, the year coverage looks
+%%% At version 3.71, the year coverage looks
%%% like this:
%%%
%%% 1928 ( 1) 1959 ( 0) 1990 ( 54)
%%% 1929 ( 0) 1960 ( 0) 1991 ( 41)
%%% 1930 ( 0) 1961 ( 0) 1992 ( 83)
-%%% 1931 ( 0) 1962 ( 1) 1993 ( 46)
+%%% 1931 ( 0) 1962 ( 1) 1993 ( 45)
%%% 1932 ( 0) 1963 ( 0) 1994 ( 38)
%%% 1933 ( 0) 1964 ( 0) 1995 ( 29)
%%% 1934 ( 0) 1965 ( 0) 1996 ( 15)
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
%%% 1947 ( 0) 1978 ( 8) 2009 ( 6)
%%% 1948 ( 0) 1979 ( 5) 2010 ( 5)
%%% 1949 ( 0) 1980 ( 8) 2011 ( 6)
-%%% 1950 ( 1) 1981 ( 13) 2012 ( 6)
+%%% 1950 ( 1) 1981 ( 13) 2012 ( 7)
%%% 1951 ( 0) 1982 ( 21) 2013 ( 5)
%%% 1952 ( 0) 1983 ( 24) 2014 ( 0)
%%% 1953 ( 0) 1984 ( 15) 2015 ( 2)
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
%%% 19xx ( 2)
%%%
%%% Article: 210
-%%% Book: 324
+%%% Book: 325
%%% Booklet: 12
%%% InCollection: 13
%%% InProceedings: 125
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
%%% Periodical: 1
%%% PhdThesis: 12
%%% Proceedings: 38
-%%% TechReport: 60
+%%% TechReport: 59
%%% Unpublished: 2
%%%
%%% Total entries: 832
@@ -615,6 +615,9 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% Publisher abbreviations:
+ at String{pub-ACADEMIC = "Academic Press"}
+ at String{pub-ACADEMIC:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
+
@String{pub-ACM = "ACM Press"}
@String{pub-ACM:adr = "New York, NY, USA"}
@@ -696,7 +699,7 @@
@String{pub-CHARTWELL:adr = "110 Enterprise Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey
07094, USA"}
- at String{pub-CIAOCO = "Editions Ciaoco"}
+ at String{pub-CIAOCO = "{\'E}ditions Ciaoco"}
@String{pub-CIAOCO:adr = "Artel, Bruxelles, Belgium"}
@String{pub-CRC = "CRC Press"}
@@ -716,6 +719,10 @@
@String{pub-CUP = "Cambridge University Press"}
@String{pub-CUP:adr = "New York"}
+ at String{pub-CWI = "Centrum voor Wiskunde en Informatica"}
+ at String{pub-CWI:adr = "P. O. Box 4079, 1009 AB Amsterdam,
+ The Netherlands"}
+
@String{pub-DP = "Digital Press"}
@String{pub-DP:adr = "12 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, USA"}
@@ -908,8 +915,8 @@
@String{pub-ORA-FRANCE = "O'Reilly"}
@String{pub-ORA-FRANCE:adr = "Paris, France"}
- at String{pub-OUP = "Oxford University Press"}
- at String{pub-OUP:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
+ at String{pub-OXFORD = "Oxford University Press"}
+ at String{pub-OXFORD:adr = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK"}
@String{pub-PEACHPIT = "Peachpit Press, Inc."}
@String{pub-PEACHPIT:adr = "1085 Keith Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94708, USA"}
@@ -936,6 +943,9 @@
@String{pub-PRIME-TIME-FREEWARE:adr = "370 Altair Way, Suite 150, Sunnyvale,
CA, USA"}
+ at String{pub-PRINCETON = "Princeton University Press"}
+ at String{pub-PRINCETON:adr = "Princeton, NJ, USA"}
+
@String{pub-PROTVINO = "Protvino"}
@String{pub-PROTVINO:adr = "Moscow, Russia"}
@@ -1042,6 +1052,9 @@
@String{pub-W = "Wiley"}
@String{pub-W:adr = "Chichester, UK"}
+ at String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL = "Wat{\-}son-Gup{\-}till Publications"}
+ at String{pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr = "1515 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, USA"}
+
@String{pub-WCB = "William C. Brown Company Publishers"}
@String{pub-WCB:adr = "Dubuque, IA, USA"}
@@ -1165,6 +1178,7 @@
@Book{Abrahams:1990:TI,
author = "Paul W. Abrahams and Karl Berry and Kathryn A.
Hargreaves",
+ key = "ABH90",
title = "{\TeX} for the Impatient",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
@@ -1173,8 +1187,223 @@
ISBN = "0-201-51375-7",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-51375-2",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 A27 1990",
- bibdate = "Tue Jul 26 08:43:39 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:55:21 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ abstract = "\TeX{}, a software system created by Donald E. Knuth,
+ sets the standard for typesetting in mathematics,
+ science, and engineering. Features: complete
+ description of \TeX{} commands, arranged for lookup
+ either by function or alphabetically; clear definitions
+ of essential \TeX{} concepts, collected in separate
+ chapter so that the command descriptions remain brief
+ and accessible; explanations of common error messages
+ and advice on solving problems that frequently arise; a
+ collection of useful macros (also available in
+ electronic form).",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ shorttableofcontents = "1 Using this book / 1 \\
+ 2 Using \TeX{} / 7 \\
+ 3 Examples / 21 \\
+ 4 Concepts / 43 \\
+ 5 Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\
+ 6 Commands for composing Pages / 133 \\
+ 7 Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\
+ 8 Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\
+ 9 Commands for general operations / 221 \\
+ 10 Tips and techniques / 265 \\
+ 11 Making sense of error messages / 283 \\
+ 12 A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\
+ 13 Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\
+ Index / 341",
+ tableofcontents = "1: Using this book / 1 \\
+ Syntactic conventions / 2 \\
+ Descriptions of the commands / 3 \\
+ 2: Using \TeX{} / 7 \\
+ Turning input into ink / 7 \\
+ Programs and files you need / 7 \\
+ Running \TeX{} / 9 \\
+ Preparing an input file / 10 \\
+ Commands and control sequences / 10 \\
+ Arguments / 11 \\
+ Parameters / 12 \\
+ Spaces / 12 \\
+ Comments / 13 \\
+ Punctuation / 13 \\
+ Special characters / 15 \\
+ Groups / 15 \\
+ Math formulas / 16 \\
+ How \TeX{} works / 16 \\
+ New \TeX{} versus old \TeX{} / 18 \\
+ Resources / 18 \\
+ 3: Examples / 21 \\
+ Entering simple text / 22 \\
+ Indentation / 24 \\
+ Fonts and special characters / 26 \\
+ Interline spacing / 28 \\
+ Spacing, rules, and boxes / 30 \\
+ Odds and ends / o32 \\
+ Using fonts from other sources / 34 \\
+ A ruled table / 36 \\
+ Typesetting mathematics / 38 \\
+ More mathematics / 40 \\
+ 4: Concepts / 43 \\
+ 5: Commands for composing paragraphs / 97 \\
+ Characters and accents / 97 \\
+ Letters and ligatures for European alphabets / 97 \\
+ Special symbols / 98 \\
+ Arbitrary characters / 99 \\
+ Accents / 100 \\
+ Defeating boundary ligatures / 101 \\
+ Selecting fonts / 1o2 \\
+ Particular fonts / 102 \\
+ Type styles / 103 \\
+ Uppercase and lowercase / 103 \\
+ Interword spacing / 104 \\
+ Centering and justifying lines / 108 \\
+ Shaping paragraphs / 110 \\
+ Starting, ending, and indenting paragraphs / 110 \\
+ Shaping entire paragraphs / 114 \\
+ Line breaks / 120 \\
+ Encouraging or discouraging line breaks / 120 \\
+ Line breaking parameters / 123 \\
+ Hyphenation / 126 \\
+ Section headings, lists, and theorems / 129 \\
+ 6: Commands for composing pages / 133 \\
+ Interline and interparagraph spaces r / 133 \\
+ Pagebreaks / 136 \\
+ Encouraging or discouraging page breaks / 136 \\
+ Page breaking parameters / 138 \\
+ Page layout / 140 \\
+ Page description parameters / 140 \\
+ Page numbers / 142 \\
+ Header and footer lines / 143 \\
+ Marks / 144 \\
+ Insertions / 145 \\
+ Footnotes / 145 \\
+ General insertions / 146 \\
+ Modifying the output routine / 148 \\
+ Splitting vertical lists / 149 \\
+ 7: Commands for horizontal and vertical modes / 153 \\
+ Producing space / 153 \\
+ Fixed-width horizontal space / 153 \\
+ Fixed-length vertical space / 154 \\
+ Variable-size space / 155 \\
+ Manipulating boxes / 160 \\
+ Constructing hboxes and vboxes / 160 \\
+ Setting and retrieving the contents of boxes / 164 \\
+ Shifting boxes / 166 \\
+ Dimensions of box registers / 167 \\
+ Struts, phantoms, and empty boxes / 167 \\
+ Parameters pertaining to malformed boxes / 170 \\
+ Retrieving the last item from a list / 171 \\
+ Rules and leaders / 172 \\
+ Alignments / 176 \\
+ Tabbing alignments / 176 \\
+ General alignments / 178 \\
+ 8: Commands for composing math formulas / 187 \\
+ Simple parts of formulas / 187 \\
+ Creek letters / 187 \\
+ Miscellaneous ordinary math symbols / 188 \\
+ Binary operations / 189 \\
+ Relations / 190 \\
+ Left and right delimiters / 191 \\
+ Arrows / 192 \\
+ Named mathematical functions / 193 \\
+ Large operators / 194 \\
+ Punctuation / 196 \\
+ Superscripts and subscripts / 197 \\
+ Selecting and using styles / 198 \\
+ Compound symbols / 199 \\
+ Math accents / 199 \\
+ Fractions and other stacking operations / 200 \\
+ Dots / 203 \\
+ Delimiters / 204 \\
+ Matrices / 205 \\
+ Roots and radicals / 206 \\
+ Equation numbers / 207 \\
+ Multiline displays / 208 \\
+ Fonts in math formula / 209 \\
+ Constructing math symbols / 211 \\
+ Making delimiters bigger / 211 \\
+ Parts of large symbols / 211 \\
+ Aligning parts of a formula / 212 \\
+ Aligning accents / 212 \\
+ Aligning material vertically / 213 \\
+ Producing spaces / 214 \\
+ Fixed-width math spaces / 214 \\
+ Variable-width math spaces / 215 \\
+ Spacing parameters for displays / 216 \\
+ Other spacing parameters for math / 217 \\
+ Categorizing math constructs / 218 \\
+ Special actions for math formulas / 218 \\
+ 9: Commands for general operations / 221 \\
+ Naming and modifying fonts / 221 \\
+ Converting information to tokens / 224 \\
+ Numbers / 224 \\
+ Environmental information / 224 \\
+ Values of variables / 226 \\
+ Grouping / 227 \\
+ Macros / 230 \\
+ Defining macros / 230 \\
+ Other definitions / 232 \\
+ Controlling expansion / 233 \\
+ Conditional tests / 235 \\
+ Repeated actions / 240 \\
+ Doing nothing / 241 \\
+ Registers / 242 \\
+ Using registers / 242 \\
+ Naming and reserving registers, etc. / 244 \\
+ Doing arithmetic in registers / 245 \\
+ Ending the job / 246 \\
+ Input and output / 247 \\
+ Operations on input files / 247 \\
+ Operations on output files / 249 \\
+ Interpreting input characters / 251 \\
+ Controlling interaction with \TeX{} / 252 \\
+ Diagnostic aids / 253 \\
+ Displaying internal data / 253 \\
+ Specifying what is traced / 256 \\
+ Sending messages / 261 \\
+ Initializing \TeX{} / 263 \\
+ 10: Tips and techniques / 265 \\
+ Correcting bad page breaks / 265 \\
+ Preserving the end of a page / 267 \\
+ Leaving space at the top of a page / 267 \\
+ Correcting bad line breaks / 268 \\
+ Correcting overfull or underfull boxes / 268 \\
+ Recovering lost interword spaces / 270 \\
+ Avoiding unwanted interword spaces / 270 \\
+ Avoiding excess space around a display / 271 \\
+ Avoiding excess space after a paragraph / 271 \\
+ Changing the paragraph shape / 272 \\
+ Putting paragraphs into a box / 272 \\
+ Drawing lines / 273 \\
+ Creating multiline headers or footers / 274 \\
+ Finding mismatched braces / 275 \\
+ Setting dimensions / 276 \\
+ Creating composite fonts / 276 \\
+ Reproducing text verbatim / 277 \\
+ Using outer macros / 279 \\
+ Changing category codes / 280 \\
+ Making macro files more readable / 281 \\
+ 11: Making sense of error messages / 283 \\
+ 12: A compendium of useful macros / 291 \\
+ Preliminaries / 291 \\
+ Displays / 295 \\
+ Time of day / 297 \\
+ Lists / 298 \\
+ Verbatim listing / 300 \\
+ Tables of contents / 301 \\
+ Cross-references / 302 \\
+ Environments / 304 \\
+ Justification / 306 \\
+ Tables / 307 \\
+ Footnotes / 309 \\
+ Double columns / 309 \\
+ Finishing up / 311 \\
+ 13: Capsule summary of commands / 313 \\
+ Index / 341",
}
@Book{Abrahams:1991:TI,
@@ -1462,8 +1691,8 @@
@Book{Ament:2001:INB,
author = "Kurt Ament",
- title = "Indexing: a nuts-and-bolts guide for technical
- writers",
+ title = "Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical
+ Writers",
publisher = "William Andrew Publishing",
address = "Norwich, NY, USA",
pages = "x + 97",
@@ -1472,16 +1701,78 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8155-1481-7",
LCCN = "T10.8 .A44 2001",
bibdate = "Fri Jun 17 06:26:43 MDT 2005",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
URL = "ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/;
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wap041/2001033646.html;
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wap041/2001033646.html;
http://www.williamandrew.com/books.asp?id=1481",
+ abstract = "\booktitle{Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical
+ Writers} is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It
+ explains in plain language and by example exactly how
+ to index any type of print or online publication
+ quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential
+ indexing method presented in the book has been
+ battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations
+ in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of
+ a decade. Because it is based on real-world success,
+ this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this
+ guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on
+ the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the
+ subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly
+ practical and often anti-academic technical writers who
+ demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is
+ geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs
+ on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation
+ techniques are employed to present proven indexing
+ methods to readers who themselves develop end-user
+ documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance
+ for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book
+ delivers the hard facts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ idnumber = "502",
+ keywords = "Technology --- Abstracting and indexing, Science ---
+ Abstracting and indexing",
remark = "",
subject = "Technology; Abstracting and indexing; Science;
Abstracting and indexing",
+ tableofcontents = "1: About indexing \\
+ Anyone can index \\
+ Sequential indexing \\
+ Usable indexes increase profits \\
+ 2: Start indexing. Step 1 \\
+ Index chapters. Step 2 \\
+ Index procedures. Step 3 \\
+ Index topics. Step 4 \\
+ Index product names. Step 5 \\
+ Index product components. Step 6 \\
+ Index front and back matter. Step 7 \\
+ Edit your index. Step 8 \\
+ Create ``see'' references. Step 9 \\
+ Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 \\
+ Test your index \\
+ 3: Indexing guidelines \\
+ Abbreviations \\
+ Acronyms \\
+ Articles \\
+ Back matter \\
+ Capitalization \\
+ Cross-references \\
+ Front matter \\
+ Interface components \\
+ Keyboard shortcuts \\
+ Master indexing \\
+ Nesting \\
+ Page ranges \\
+ Prepositions \\
+ Procedures \\
+ Product names \\
+ Scheduling \\
+ ``See'' references \\
+ ``See also'' references \\
+ Sorting \\
+ System messages",
}
@TechReport{Anan:2008:RJT,
@@ -1799,37 +2090,6 @@
subtitle = "A Uniform System of Citation",
}
- at Book{Anonymous:1993:CMS,
- author = "Anonymous",
- key = "Chicago",
- title = "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
- publisher = pub-U-CHICAGO,
- address = pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
- edition = "14th",
- pages = "ix + 921",
- year = "1993",
- ISBN = "0-226-10389-7",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10389-1",
- LCCN = "Z253 .U69 1993",
- bibdate = "Mon Sep 23 08:57:34 1996",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- price = "US\$40.00",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
- (CHe)",
- bibliography = "yes",
- glossary = "yes",
- history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
- 1982, 14th edition 1993",
- index = "yes",
- inprint = "yes",
- keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
- style manuals; printing",
- printermarks = "yes",
- subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
- Publishers",
-}
-
@Book{Anonymous:1997:SW,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{Scientific WorkPlace 2.5}",
@@ -1860,22 +2120,43 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10403-4",
LCCN = "Z253 .U69 2003",
bibdate = "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
price = "US\$55.00",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
- (CHe)",
- bibliography = "yes",
- glossary = "yes",
history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003",
- index = "yes",
- inprint = "yes",
+ idnumber = "518",
keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
style manuals; printing",
printermarks = "yes",
+ remark = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.",
subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
Publishers",
+ tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\
+ 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\
+ 3: Proofs \\
+ 4: Rights and permissions \\
+ 5: Grammar and usage \\
+ 6: Punctuation \\
+ 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and
+ compounds \\
+ 8: Names and terms \\
+ 9: Numbers \\
+ 10: Foreign languages \\
+ 11: Quotations and dialogue \\
+ 12: Illustrations and captions \\
+ 13: Tables \\
+ 14: Mathematics in type \\
+ 15: Abbreviations \\
+ 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\
+ 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\
+ 18: Indexes \\
+ Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and
+ key terms \\
+ Appendix B: The publishing process for books and
+ journals",
}
@Book{Anonymous:2010:CMS,
@@ -2107,9 +2388,10 @@
acknowledgement = ack-hk,
}
- at Book{Appelt:1988:TF,
+ at Book{Appelt:1988:TFP,
author = "Wolfgang Appelt",
- title = "{\TeX} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene:
+ Programmiertechniken und Makropakete}}",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
pages = "x + 179",
@@ -2116,8 +2398,11 @@
year = "1988",
ISBN = "3-89319-115-1",
ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-115-4",
+ LCCN = "????",
bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:47:26 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@TechReport{Appelt:1990:TIG,
@@ -3028,15 +3313,17 @@
@Book{Borceux:1990:LPT,
author = "Francis Borceux",
- title = "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}la perfection dans le traitement du
- texte",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}: la perfection dans le traitement du texte",
publisher = pub-CIAOCO,
address = pub-CIAOCO:adr,
year = "1990",
ISBN = "2-87085-194-4",
ISBN-13 = "978-2-87085-194-4",
- bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:29 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ LCCN = "????",
+ bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:36 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@Book{Borde:1992:TE,
@@ -3092,16 +3379,27 @@
@Book{Borde:1993:MTE,
author = "Arvind Borde",
title = "Mathematical {\TeX} by Example",
- publisher = pub-AP,
- address = pub-AP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-ACADEMIC,
+ address = pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
pages = "xii + 352",
year = "1993",
- ISBN = "0-12-117645-2",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-117645-7",
+ ISBN = "0-12-117645-2, 0-12-155940-8",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-12-117645-7, 978-0-12-155940-3",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 B67 1993",
- bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 08:46:21 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Mon Jul 19 15:22:37 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ ZMnumber = "0799.68001",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Introduction \\
+ Examples \\
+ A Summary of Amstex \\
+ Other Packages \\
+ Typefaces \\
+ Code \\
+ Bibliography \\
+ Glossary/Index \\
+ Table of Contents",
}
@Book{Borde:1993:UGL,
@@ -3462,8 +3760,8 @@
@Book{Bryan:1988:SAG,
author = "Martin Bryan",
- title = "{SGML}\emdash{}An Author's Guide to the Standard
- Generalized Markup Language",
+ title = "{SGML}: An Author's Guide to the {Standard Generalized
+ Markup Language}",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
pages = "xvii + 364",
@@ -3471,11 +3769,29 @@
ISBN = "0-201-17535-5",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-17535-6",
LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 B79 1988",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:35:58 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm,
- annote = "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.",
- keywords = "SGML, DTD, document representation",
+ bibdate = "Thu Jun 23 16:34:54 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/standard.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ price = "UK\pounds16.95",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "document representation; DTD; SGML (computer program
+ language)",
+ remark = "Complete description of SGML including example DTDs.",
+ tableofcontents = "Background to SGML \\
+ SGML Documents \\
+ The Reference Concrete Syntax \\
+ Entity Declaration and Use \\
+ Declaring and Using SGML Elements \\
+ Attributes \\
+ Minimization \\
+ Other SGML Declarations \\
+ Multiple Document Structures \\
+ Altering the Concrete Syntax \\
+ The SGML Declaration \\
+ Document Parsing \\
+ Appendixes",
}
@Book{Bryan:1996:DTS,
@@ -3958,6 +4274,54 @@
journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
}
+ at Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS,
+ author = "Robert Bringhurst",
+ title = "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0",
+ publisher = "Hartley and Marks",
+ address = "Point Roberts, WA, USA",
+ edition = "Fourth",
+ pages = "398",
+ year = "2012",
+ ISBN = "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6
+ (paperback)",
+ LCCN = "Z246 .B74 2012",
+ bibdate = "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019",
+ bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ abstract = "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings
+ clarity to the art of typography with this masterful
+ style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and
+ historical, this edition is completely updated, with a
+ thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter,
+ ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small
+ but important updates based on things that are
+ continually changing in the field.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ subject = "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type
+ forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes",
+ tableofcontents = "Foreword \\
+ Historical synopsis \\
+ The grand design \\
+ Rhythm and proportion \\
+ Harmony and counterpoint \\
+ Structural forms and devices \\
+ Analphabetic symbols \\
+ Choosing and combining type \\
+ Historical interlude \\
+ Shaping the page \\
+ The state of the art \\
+ Grooming the font \\
+ Prowling the specimen books \\
+ Appendix A: The working alphabet \\
+ Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\
+ Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\
+ Appendix D: Type designers \\
+ Appendix E: Typefoundries \\
+ Afterword to the fourth edition",
+}
+
@Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP,
author = "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini
and Fabio Vitali",
@@ -4002,17 +4366,76 @@
@Book{Clark:1992:PTP,
author = "Malcolm Clark",
title = "A Plain {\TeX} Primer",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "481",
year = "1992",
- ISBN = "0-19-853784-0 (hardback), 0-19-853724-7 (softback)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardback), 978-0-19-853724-3
- (softback)",
+ ISBN = "0-19-853784-0 (hardcover), 0-19-853724-7 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-19-853784-7 (hardcover), 978-0-19-853724-3
+ (paperback)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 C46 1992",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:36:18 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- acknowledgement = ack-mc,
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:41:37 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
+ abstract = "This outstanding introductory primer demystifies and
+ explains \TeX{}, an advanced and widely popular
+ typesetting and page make-up system that is especially
+ designed to facilitate scientific and technical
+ publishing. The \TeX{} system is highly versatile,
+ designed for use on over 50 different types of
+ personal, mini-, and mainframe computers. The book
+ immediately provides the reader with sufficient
+ information to begin the majority of tasks which he or
+ she most likely wishes to tackle. Accessibly written at
+ an introductory level, the book explains how
+ high-quality results can be obtained by someone with
+ only a little \TeX{} background. In a straightforward
+ manner, it details why \TeX{} approaches its subject in
+ the way it does, and provides the ``context'' into
+ which it fits. Special emphasis is placed on document
+ structure and practical work. In fact, not only is this
+ book a ``primer,'' but it is a ``plain'' \TeX{} primer.
+ Wherever \TeX{} is running, it comes with at least one
+ basic style definition, called ``plain''. Plain \TeX{}
+ is the common starting point for \TeX{} users and can
+ be extended or modified to suit individual needs. Thus,
+ with the aid of this book, scientists and researchers
+ preparing their own books and papers, or technical
+ typists used to the conventions and jargon of their
+ field, will find little difficulty in adopting \TeX{}'s
+ approach. Students and professionals involved in
+ document preparation or desk-top publishing will also
+ find this an extremely useful volume.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ subject = "TeX (Computer file); TeX (Computer file); Computerized
+ typesetting; Mathematics printing; Computer programs;
+ Computerized typesetting; Computer programs; Linguagens
+ De Programacao (Codificacao); TeX (logiciel)",
+ tableofcontents = "1. Introduction \\
+ 2. Getting started \\
+ 3. Do it yourself \\
+ 4. Beginning mathematics \\
+ 5. Continuing mathematics \\
+ 6. More words \\
+ 7. Commands \\
+ 8. More maths \\
+ 9. Boxing \\
+ 10. Commands\#1 \\
+ 11. Matrix manipulations \\
+ 12. Pages \\
+ 13. Tables by tabs \\
+ 14. Tables again \\
+ 15. Rules \\
+ 16. Further rules \\
+ 17. Graphics \\
+ 18. Fonts \\
+ 19. More detailed fonts \\
+ 20. Making pages \\
+ 21. Breaking up \\
+ 22. Delays and deferments \\
+ 23. Collections \\
+ 24. Last words \\
+ A. Fonts \\
+ B. Annotated bibliography and references",
}
@InCollection{Clarke:1987:BBS,
@@ -4371,20 +4794,25 @@
acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
}
- at TechReport{deBruin:1988:PML,
+ at Book{deBruin:1988:PML,
author = "R. de Bruin and C. G. {van der Laan} and J. R. Luyten
and H. F. Vogt",
title = "Publiceren met {\LaTeX}",
- type = "CWI Syllabus",
number = "19",
- institution = inst-CWI,
- address = inst-CWI:adr,
+ publisher = pub-CWI,
+ address = pub-CWI:adr,
+ pages = "196",
year = "1988",
ISBN = "90-6196-357-5",
ISBN-13 = "978-90-6196-357-8",
- bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 12:47:03 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- note = "In Dutch; copious examples.",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 .P97 1988",
+ MRclass = "68U15, 68-01",
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:43:17 1993",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ ZMnumber = "0743.68137",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ language = "Dutch",
}
@InProceedings{DeLaBeaujardiere:1988:WDI,
@@ -4731,19 +5159,33 @@
author = "Antoni Diller",
title = "{\LaTeX} Line by Line: Tips and Techniques for
Document Processing",
- publisher = pub-W,
- address = pub-W:adr,
+ publisher = pub-WILEY,
+ address = pub-WILEY:adr,
pages = "xiii + 291",
year = "1993",
ISBN = "0-471-93471-2 (softcover)",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-471-93471-4 (softcover)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 D55 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
note = "Optionally accompanied by disk with examples, ISBN
0-471-93797-5.",
price = "US\$29.95",
series = "Wiley Professional Computing",
acknowledgement = ack-bnb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Why use it? \\
+ 2: Getting Started and Basic Principles \\
+ 3: Fancy Prose (and Poetry) \\
+ 4: Displaying Information \\
+ 5: Bibliographies and Indexes \\
+ 6: Formatting Articles, Reports, Books and Letters \\
+ 7: Basic Mathematical Formatting \\
+ 8: Further Ideas in Mathematical Formatting \\
+ 9: Examples of Mathematical Formatting \\
+ 10: Pictures \\
+ 11: Two-column Output",
}
@Book{Diller:1999:LLL,
@@ -5066,7 +5508,7 @@
@Book{Eijkhout:1992:TTT,
author = "Victor Eijkhout",
- title = "{\TeX} by Topic, {A} {\TeX}nician's Reference",
+ title = "{\TeX} by Topic, a {\TeX}nician's Reference",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
pages = "vii + 307",
@@ -5075,8 +5517,590 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-56882-0",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 E38 1992",
bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 22:47:52 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
URL = "http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "License / 15 \\
+ Preface / 21 \\
+ 1 The Structure of the TEX Processor / 23 \\
+ 1.1 Four TEX processors / 23 \\
+ 1.2 The input processor / 24 \\
+ 1.2.1 Character input / 24 \\
+ 1.2.2 Two-level input processing / 24 \\
+ 1.3 The expansion processor / 25 \\
+ 1.3.1 The process of expansion / 25 \\
+ 1.3.2 Special cases: \expandafter, \noexpand, and \the
+ / 25 \\
+ 1.3.3 Braces in the expansion processor / 26 \\
+ 1.4 The execution processor / 26 \\
+ 1.5 The visual processor / 27 \\
+ 1.6 Examples / 28 \\
+ 1.6.1 Skipped spaces / 28 \\
+ 1.6.2 Internal quantities and their representations /
+ 28 \\
+ 2 Category Codes and Internal States / 29 \\
+ 2.1 Introduction / 29 \\
+ 2.2 Initial processing / 29 \\
+ 2.3 Category codes / 30 \\
+ 2.4 From characters to tokens / 32 \\
+ 2.5 The input processor as a finite state automaton /
+ 32 \\
+ 2.5.1 State N: new line / 32 \\
+ 2.5.2 State S: skipping spaces / 32 \\
+ 2.5.3 State M: middle of line / 32 \\
+ 2.6 Accessing the full character set / 33 \\
+ 2.7 Transitions between internal states / 33 \\
+ 2.7.1 0: escape character / 33 \\
+ 2.7.2 1--4, 7--8, 11--13: non-blank characters / 34 \\
+ 2.7.3 5: end of line / 34 \\
+ 2.7.4 6: parameter / 34 \\
+ 2.7.5 7: superscript / 34 \\
+ 2.7.6 9: ignored character / 34 \\
+ 2.7.7 10: space / 35 \\
+ 2.7.8 14: comment / 35 \\
+ 2.7.9 15: invalid / 35 \\
+ 2.8 Letters and other characters / 35 \\
+ 2.9 The \par token / 36 \\
+ 2.10 Spaces / 37 \\
+ 2.10.1 Skipped spaces / 37 \\
+ 2.10.2 Optional spaces / 37 \\
+ 2.10.3 Ignored and obeyed spaces / 38 \\
+ 2.10.4 More ignored spaces / 38 \\
+ 2.10.5 space token / 39 \\
+ 2.10.6 Control space / 39 \\
+ 2.10.7 ` ' / 39 \\
+ 2.11 More about line ends / 40 \\
+ 2.11.1 Obeylines / 40 \\
+ 2.11.2 Changing the \endlinechar / 40 \\
+ 2.11.3 More remarks about the end-of-line character /
+ 41 \\
+ 2.12 More about the input processor / 41 \\
+ 2.12.1 The input processor as a separate process / 41
+ \\
+ 2.12.2 The input processor not as a separate process /
+ 42 \\
+ 2.12.3 Recursive invocation of the input processor / 42
+ \\
+ 2.13 The <at> convention / 43 \\
+ 3 Characters / 45 \\
+ 3.1 Character codes / 45 \\
+ 3.2 Control sequences for characters / 46 \\
+ 3.2.1 Denoting characters to be typeset: \char / 46 \\
+ 3.2.2 Implicit character tokens: \let / 47 \\
+ 3.3 Accents / 48 \\
+ 3.4 Testing characters / 49 \\
+ 3.5 Uppercase and lowercase / 50 \\
+ 3.5.1 Uppercase and lowercase codes / 50 \\
+ 3.5.2 Uppercase and lowercase commands / 50 \\
+ 3.5.3 Uppercase and lowercase forms of keywords / 50
+ \\
+ 3.5.4 Creative use of \uppercase and \lowercase / 51
+ \\
+ 3.6 Codes of a character / 51 \\
+ 3.7 Converting tokens into character strings / 51 \\
+ 3.7.1 Output of control sequences / 52 \\
+ 3.7.2 Category codes of a \string / 52 \\
+ 4 Fonts / 53 \\
+ 4.1 Fonts / 53 \\
+ 4.2 Font declaration / 54 \\
+ 4.2.1 Fonts and tfm files / 54 \\
+ 4.2.2 Querying the current font and font names / 54 \\
+ 4.2.3 \nullfont / 55 \\
+ 4.3 Font information / 55 \\
+ 4.3.1 Font dimensions / 55 \\
+ 4.3.2 Kerning / 56 \\
+ 4.3.3 Italic correction / 56 \\
+ 4.3.4 Ligatures / 57 \\
+ 4.3.5 Boundary ligatures / 57 \\
+ 5 Boxes / 59 \\
+ 5.1 Boxes / 60 \\
+ 5.2 Box registers / 60 \\
+ 5.2.1 Allocation: \newbox / 60 \\
+ 5.2.2 Usage: \setbox, \box, \copy / 61 \\
+ 5.2.3 Testing: \ifvoid, \ifhbox, \ifvbox / 61 \\
+ 5.2.4 The \lastbox / 61 \\
+ 5.3 Natural dimensions of boxes / 62 \\
+ 5.3.1 Dimensions of created horizontal boxes / 62 \\
+ 5.3.2 Dimensions of created vertical boxes / 62 \\
+ 5.3.3 Examples / 63 \\
+ 5.4 More about box dimensions / 64 \\
+ 5.4.1 Predetermined dimensions / 64 \\
+ 5.4.2 Changes to box dimensions / 65 \\
+ 5.4.3 Moving boxes around / 65 \\
+ 5.4.4 Box dimensions and box placement / 65 \\
+ 5.4.5 Boxes and negative glue / 66 \\
+ 5.5 Overfull and underfull boxes / 67 \\
+ 5.6 Opening and closing boxes / 67 \\
+ 5.7 Unboxing / 68 \\
+ 5.8 Text in boxes / 69 \\
+ 5.9 Assorted remarks / 70 \\
+ 5.9.1 Forgetting the \box / 70 \\
+ 5.9.2 Special-purpose boxes / 70 \\
+ 5.9.3 The height of a vertical box in horizontal mode /
+ 70 \\
+ 5.9.4 More subtleties with vertical boxes / 70 \\
+ 5.9.5 Hanging the \lastbox back in the list / 71 \\
+ 5.9.6 Dissecting paragraphs with \lastbox / 72 \\
+ 6 Horizontal and Vertical Mode / 73 \\
+ 6.1 Horizontal and vertical mode / 73 \\
+ 6.1.1 Horizontal mode / 73 \\
+ 6.1.2 Vertical mode / 74 \\
+ 6.2 Horizontal and vertical commands / 74 \\
+ 6.3 The internal modes / 75 \\
+ 6.3.1 Restricted horizontal mode / 75 \\
+ 6.3.2 Internal vertical mode / 75 \\
+ 6.4 Boxes and modes / 76 \\
+ 6.4.1 What box do you use in what mode? / 76 \\
+ 6.4.2 What mode holds in what box? / 76 \\
+ 6.4.3 Mode-dependent behaviour of boxes / 76 \\
+ 6.5 Modes and glue / 76 \\
+ 6.6 Migrating material / 77 \\
+ 6.6.1 \vadjust / 77 \\
+ 6.7 Testing modes / 77 \\
+ 7 Numbers / 79 \\
+ 7.1 Numbers and number s / 79 \\
+ 7.2 Integers / 79 \\
+ 7.2.1 Denotations: integers / 80 \\
+ 7.2.2 Denotations: characters / 80 \\
+ 7.2.3 Internal integers / 81 \\
+ 7.2.4 Internal integers: other codes of a character /
+ 82 \\
+ 7.2.5 special integer / 82 \\
+ 7.2.6 Other internal quantities: coersion to integer /
+ 82 \\
+ 7.2.7 Trailing spaces / 82 \\
+ 7.3 Numbers / 82 \\
+ 7.4 Integer registers / 83 \\
+ 7.5 Arithmetic / 83 \\
+ 7.5.1 Arithmetic statements / 84 \\
+ 7.5.2 Floating-point arithmetic / 84 \\
+ 7.5.3 Fixed-point arithmetic / 84 \\
+ 7.6 Number testing / 84 \\
+ 7.7 Remarks / 85 \\
+ 7.7.1 Character constants / 85 \\
+ 7.7.2 Expanding too far / how far / 85 \\
+ 8 Dimensions and Glue / 87 \\
+ 8.1 Definition of glue and dimen / 88 \\
+ 8.1.1 Definition of dimensions / 88 \\
+ 8.1.2 Definition of glue / 89 \\
+ 8.1.3 Conversion of glue to dimen / 90 \\
+ 8.1.4 Registers for \dimen and \skip / 90 \\
+ 8.1.5 Arithmetic: addition / 90 \\
+ 8.1.6 Arithmetic: multiplication and division / 91 \\
+ 8.2 More about dimensions / 91 \\
+ 8.2.1 Units of measurement / 91 \\
+ 8.2.2 Dimension testing / 92 \\
+ 8.2.3 Defined dimensions / 92 \\
+ 8.3 More about glue / 92 \\
+ 8.3.1 Stretch and shrink / 93 \\
+ 8.3.2 Glue setting / 94 \\
+ 8.3.3 Badness / 94 \\
+ 8.3.4 Glue and breaking / 95 \\
+ 8.3.5 \kern / 95 \\
+ 8.3.6 Glue and modes / 95 \\
+ 8.3.7 The last glue item in a list: backspacing / 96
+ \\
+ 8.3.8 Examples of backspacing / 96 \\
+ 8.3.9 Glue in trace output / 97 \\
+ 9 Rules and Leaders / 99 \\
+ 9.1 Rules / 99 \\
+ 9.1.1 Rule dimensions / 100 \\
+ 9.2 Leaders / 100 \\
+ 9.2.1 Rule leaders / 101 \\
+ 9.2.2 Box leaders / 102 \\
+ 9.2.3 Evenly spaced leaders / 102 \\
+ 9.3 Assorted remarks / 103 \\
+ 9.3.1 Rules and modes / 103 \\
+ 9.3.2 Ending a paragraph with leaders / 103 \\
+ 9.3.3 Leaders and box registers / 103 \\
+ 9.3.4 Output in leader boxes / 104 \\
+ 9.3.5 Box leaders in trace output / 104 \\
+ 9.3.6 Leaders and shifted margins / 104 \\
+ 10 Grouping / 105 \\
+ 10.1 The grouping mechanism / 105 \\
+ 10.2 Local and global assignments / 106 \\
+ 10.3 Group delimiters / 106 \\
+ 10.4 More about braces / 107 \\
+ 10.4.1 Brace counters / 107 \\
+ 10.4.2 The brace as a token / 108 \\
+ 10.4.3 Open and closing brace control symbols / 108 \\
+ 11 Macros / 109 \\
+ 11.1 Introduction / 109 \\
+ 11.2 Layout of a macro definition / 110 \\
+ 11.3 Prefixes / 110 \\
+ 11.4 The definition type / 111 \\
+ 11.5 The parameter text / 111 \\
+ 11.5.1 Undelimited parameters / 112 \\
+ 11.5.2 Delimited parameters / 112 \\
+ 11.5.3 Examples with delimited arguments / 113 \\
+ 11.5.4 Empty arguments / 114 \\
+ 11.5.5 The macro parameter character / 114 \\
+ 11.5.6 Brace delimiting / 115 \\
+ 11.6 Construction of control sequences / 115 \\
+ 11.7 Token assignments by \let and \futurelet / 116 \\
+ 11.7.1 \let / 116 \\
+ 11.7.2 \futurelet / 117 \\
+ 11.8 Assorted remarks / 117 \\
+ 11.8.1 Active characters / 117 \\
+ 11.8.2 Macros versus primitives / 117 \\
+ 11.8.3 Tail recursion / 118 \\
+ 11.9 Macro techniques / 119 \\
+ 11.9.1 Unknown number of arguments / 119 \\
+ 11.9.2 Examining the argument / 119 \\
+ 11.9.3 Optional macro parameters with \futurelet / 121
+ \\
+ 11.9.4 Two-step macros / 121 \\
+ 11.9.5 A comment environment / 122 \\
+ 12 Expansion / 125 \\
+ 12.1 Introduction / 125 \\
+ 12.2 Ordinary expansion / 125 \\
+ 12.3 Reversing expansion order / 126 \\
+ 12.3.1 One step expansion: \expandafter / 126 \\
+ 12.3.2 Total expansion: \edef / 127 \\
+ 12.3.3 \afterassignment / 127 \\
+ 12.3.4 \aftergroup / 128 \\
+ 12.4 Preventing expansion / 129 \\
+ 12.4.1 \noexpand / 129 \\
+ 12.4.2 \noexpand and active characters / 129 \\
+ 12.5 \relax / 130 \\
+ 12.5.1 \relax and \csname / 130 \\
+ 12.5.2 Preventing expansion with \relax / 131 \\
+ 12.5.3 TEX inserts a \relax / 131 \\
+ 12.5.4 The value of non-macros; \the / 132 \\
+ 12.6 Examples / 132 \\
+ 12.6.1 Expanding after / 132 \\
+ 12.6.2 Defining inside an \edef / 133 \\
+ 12.6.3 Expansion and \write / 134 \\
+ 12.6.4 Controlled expansion inside an \edef / 135 \\
+ 12.6.5 Multiple prevention of expansion / 135 \\
+ 12.6.6 More examples with \relax / 136 \\
+ 12.6.7 Example: category code saving and restoring /
+ 136 \\
+ 12.6.8 Combining \aftergroup and boxes / 137 \\
+ 12.6.9 More expansion / 138 \\
+ 13 Conditionals / 139 \\
+ 13.1 The shape of conditionals / 139 \\
+ 13.2 Character and control sequence tests / 140 \\
+ 13.2.1 \if / 140 \\
+ 13.2.2 \ifcat / 140 \\
+ 13.2.3 \ifx / 141 \\
+ 13.3 Mode tests / 141 \\
+ 13.4 Numerical tests / 142 \\
+ 13.5 Other tests / 142 \\
+ 13.5.1 Dimension testing / 142 \\
+ 13.5.2 Box tests / 142 \\
+ 13.5.3 I/O tests / 142 \\
+ 13.5.4 Case statement / 142 \\
+ 13.5.5 Special tests / 143 \\
+ 13.6 The \newif macro / 143 \\
+ 13.7 Evaluation of conditionals / 144 \\
+ 13.8 Assorted remarks / 145 \\
+ 13.8.1 The test gobbles up tokens / 145 \\
+ 13.8.2 The test wants to gobble up the \else or \fi /
+ 145 \\
+ 13.8.3 Macros and conditionals; the use of \expandafter
+ / 146 \\
+ 13.8.4 Incorrect matching / 147 \\
+ 13.8.5 Conditionals and grouping / 147 \\
+ 13.8.6 A trick / 148 \\
+ 13.8.7 More examples of expansion in conditionals / 148
+ \\
+ 14 Token Lists / 151 \\
+ 14.1 Token lists / 151 \\
+ 14.2 Use of token lists / 151 \\
+ 14.3 token parameter / 152 \\
+ 14.4 Token list registers / 152 \\
+ 14.5 Examples / 153 \\
+ 14.5.1 Operations on token lists: stack macros / 153
+ \\
+ 14.5.2 Executing token lists / 154 \\
+ 15 Baseline Distances / 155 \\
+ 15.1 Interline glue / 155 \\
+ 15.2 The perceived depth of boxes / 157 \\
+ 15.3 Terminology / 158 \\
+ 15.4 Additional remarks / 158 \\
+ 16 Paragraph Start / 159 \\
+ 16.1 When does a paragraph start / 159 \\
+ 16.2 What happens when a paragraph starts / 160 \\
+ 16.3 Assorted remarks / 160 \\
+ 16.3.1 Starting a paragraph with a box / 160 \\
+ 16.3.2 Starting a paragraph with a group / 160 \\
+ 16.4 Examples / 161 \\
+ 16.4.1 Stretchable indentation / 161 \\
+ 16.4.2 Suppressing indentation / 161 \\
+ 16.4.3 An indentation scheme / 161 \\
+ 16.4.4 A paragraph skip scheme / 162 \\
+ 17 Paragraph End / 165 \\
+ 17.1 The way paragraphs end / 165 \\
+ 17.1.1 The \par command and the \par token / 165 \\
+ 17.1.2 Paragraph filling: \parfillskip / 166 \\
+ 17.2 Assorted remarks / 166 \\
+ 17.2.1 Ending a paragraph and a group at the same time
+ / 166 \\
+ 17.2.2 Ending a paragraph with \hfill\break / 167 \\
+ 17.2.3 Ending a paragraph with a rule / 167 \\
+ 17.2.4 No page breaks in between paragraphs / 167 \\
+ 17.2.5 Finite \parfillskip / 167 \\
+ 17.2.6 A precaution for paragraphs that do not indent /
+ 168 \\
+ 18 Paragraph Shape / 169 \\
+ 18.1 The width of text lines / 170 \\
+ 18.2 Shape parameters / 170 \\
+ 18.2.1 Hanging indentation / 170 \\
+ 18.2.2 General paragraph shapes: \parshape / 171 \\
+ 18.3 Assorted remarks / 171 \\
+ 18.3.1 Centred last lines / 171 \\
+ 18.3.2 Indenting into the margin / 172 \\
+ 18.3.3 Hang a paragraph from an object / 172 \\
+ 18.3.4 Another approach to hanging indentation / 173
+ \\
+ 18.3.5 Hanging indentation versus \leftskip shifting /
+ 173 \\
+ 18.3.6 More examples / 174 \\
+ 19 Line Breaking / 175 \\
+ 19.1 Paragraph break cost calculation / 176 \\
+ 19.1.1 Badness / 176 \\
+ 19.1.2 Penalties and other break locations / 177 \\
+ 19.1.3 Demerits / 177 \\
+ 19.1.4 The number of lines of a paragraph / 178 \\
+ 19.1.5 Between the lines / 178 \\
+ 19.2 The process of breaking / 178 \\
+ 19.2.1 Three passes / 179 \\
+ 19.2.2 Tolerance values / 179 \\
+ 19.3 Discretionaries / 179 \\
+ 19.3.1 Hyphens and discretionaries / 179 \\
+ 19.3.2 Examples of discretionaries / 180 \\
+ 19.4 Hyphenation / 181 \\
+ 19.4.1 Start of a word / 181 \\
+ 19.4.2 End of a word / 181 \\
+ 19.4.3 TEX2 versus TEX3 / 182 \\
+ 19.4.4 Patterns and exceptions / 182 \\
+ 19.5 Switching hyphenation patterns / 182 \\
+ 20 Spacing / 185 \\
+ 20.1 Introduction / 185 \\
+ 20.2 Automatic interword space / 185 \\
+ 20.3 User interword space / 186 \\
+ 20.4 Control space and tie / 187 \\
+ 20.5 More on the space factor / 188 \\
+ 20.5.1 Space factor assignments / 188 \\
+ 20.5.2 Punctuation / 188 \\
+ 20.5.3 Other non-letters / 189 \\
+ 20.5.4 Other influences on the space factor / 189 \\
+ 21 Characters in Math Mode / 191 \\
+ 21.1 Mathematical characters / 192 \\
+ 21.2 Delimiters / 192 \\
+ 21.2.1 Delimiter codes / 193 \\
+ 21.2.2 Explicit \delimiter commands / 193 \\
+ 21.2.3 Finding a delimiter; successors / 193 \\
+ 21.2.4 \big, \Big, \bigg, and \Bigg delimiter macros /
+ 194 \\
+ 21.3 Radicals / 194 \\
+ 21.4 Math accents / 195 \\
+ 22 Fonts in Formulas / 197 \\
+ 22.1 Determining the font of a character in math mode /
+ 197 \\
+ 22.2 Initial family settings / 198 \\
+ 22.3 Family definition / 198 \\
+ 22.4 Some specific font changes / 198 \\
+ 22.4.1 Change the font of ordinary characters and
+ uppercase Greek / 198 \\
+ 22.4.2 Change uppercase Greek independent of text font
+ / 199 \\
+ 22.4.3 Change the font of lowercase Greek and
+ mathematical symbols / 199 \\
+ 22.5 Assorted remarks / 199 \\
+ 22.5.1 New fonts in formulas / 199 \\
+ 22.5.2 Evaluating the families / 200 \\
+ 23 Mathematics Typesetting / 201 \\
+ 23.1 Math modes / 202 \\
+ 23.2 Styles in math mode / 202 \\
+ 23.2.1 Superscripts and subscripts 203 / 11 \\
+ 23.2.2 Choice of styles / 203 \\
+ 23.3 Classes of mathematical objects / 204 \\
+ 23.4 Large operators and their limits / 204 \\
+ 23.5 Vertical centring: \vcenter / 205 \\
+ 23.6 Mathematical spacing: mu glue / 205 \\
+ 23.6.1 Classification of mu glue / 206 \\
+ 23.6.2 Muskip registers / 206 \\
+ 23.6.3 Other spaces in math mode / 207 \\
+ 23.7 Generalized fractions / 207 \\
+ 23.8 Underlining, overlining / 208 \\
+ 23.9 Line breaking in math formulas / 208 \\
+ 23.10 Font dimensions of families 2 and 3 / 208 \\
+ 23.10.1 Symbol font attributes / 208 \\
+ 23.10.2 Extension font attributes / 209 \\
+ 23.10.3 Example: subscript lowering / 210 \\
+ 24 Display Math / 211 \\
+ 24.1 Displays / 211 \\
+ 24.2 Displays in paragraphs / 212 \\
+ 24.3 Vertical material around displays / 212 \\
+ 24.4 Glue setting of the display math list / 213 \\
+ 24.5 Centring the display formula: displacement / 213
+ \\
+ 24.6 Equation numbers / 214 \\
+ 24.6.1 Ordinary equation numbers / 214 \\
+ 24.6.2 The equation number on a separate line / 214 \\
+ 24.7 Non-centred displays / 214 \\
+ 25 Alignment / 217 \\
+ 25.1 Introduction / 217 \\
+ 25.2 Horizontal and vertical alignment / 217 \\
+ 25.2.1 Horizontal alignments: \halign / 218 \\
+ 25.2.2 Vertical alignments: \valign / 218 \\
+ 25.2.3 Material between the lines: \noalign / 218 \\
+ 25.2.4 Size of the alignment / 219 \\
+ 25.3 The preamble / 219 \\
+ 25.3.1 Infinite preambles / 219 \\
+ 25.3.2 Brace counting in preambles / 220 \\
+ 25.3.3 Expansion in the preamble / 220 \\
+ 25.3.4 \tabskip / 220 \\
+ 25.4 The alignment / 221 \\
+ 25.4.1 Reading an entry / 221 \\
+ 25.4.2 Alternate specifications: \omit / 221 \\
+ 25.4.3 Spanning across multiple columns: \span / 222
+ \\
+ 25.4.4 Rules in alignments / 222 \\
+ 25.4.5 End of a line: \cr and \crcr / 223 \\
+ 25.5 Example: math alignments / 224 \\
+ 26 Page Shape / 225 \\
+ 26.1 The reference point for global positioning / 225
+ \\
+ 26.2 \topskip / 225 \\
+ 26.3 Page height and depth / 226 \\
+ 27 Page Breaking / 227 \\
+ 27.1 The current page and the recent contributions /
+ 228 \\
+ 27.2 Activating the page builder / 228 \\
+ 27.3 Page length bookkeeping / 228 \\
+ 27.4 Breakpoints / 229 \\
+ 27.4.1 Possible breakpoints / 229 \\
+ 27.4.2 Breakpoint penalties / 229 \\
+ 27.4.3 Breakpoint computation / 230 \\
+ 27.5 \vsplit / 231 \\
+ 27.6 Examples of page breaking / 232 \\
+ 27.6.1 Filling up a page / 232 \\
+ 27.6.2 Determining the breakpoint / 232 \\
+ 27.6.3 The page builder after a paragraph / 233 \\
+ 28 Output Routines / 235 \\
+ 28.1 The \output token list / 235 \\
+ 28.2 Output and \box255 / 236 \\
+ 28.3 Marks / 236 \\
+ 28.4 Assorted remarks / 238 \\
+ 28.4.1 Hazards in non-trivial output routines / 238 \\
+ 28.4.2 Page numbering / 238 \\
+ 28.4.3 Headlines and footlines in plain TEX / 238 \\
+ 28.4.4 Example: no widow lines / 238 \\
+ 28.4.5 Example: no indentation top of page / 239 \\
+ 28.4.6 More examples of output routines / 240 \\
+ 29 Insertions / 241 \\
+ 29.1 Insertion items / 241 \\
+ 29.2 Insertion class declaration / 242 \\
+ 29.3 Insertion parameters / 242 \\
+ 29.4 Moving insertion items from the contributions list
+ / 243 \\
+ 29.5 Insertions in the output routine / 244 \\
+ 29.6 Plain TEX insertions / 244 \\
+ 30 File Input and Output / 245 \\
+ 30.1 Including files: \input and \endinput / 245 \\
+ 30.2 File I/O / 246 \\
+ 30.2.1 Opening and closing streams / 246 \\
+ 30.2.2 Input with \read / 246 \\
+ 30.2.3 Output with \write / 247 \\
+ 30.3 Whatsits / 247 \\
+ 30.4 Assorted remarks / 248 \\
+ 30.4.1 Inspecting input / 248 \\
+ 30.4.2 Testing for existence of files / 248 \\
+ 30.4.3 Timing problems / 248 \\
+ 30.4.4 \message versus \immediate\write16 / 248 \\
+ 30.4.5 Write inside a vertical box / 249 \\
+ 30.4.6 Expansion and spaces in \write and \message /
+ 249 \\
+ 31 Allocation / 251 \\
+ 31.1 Allocation commands / 251 \\
+ 31.1.1 \count, \dimen, \skip, \muskip, \toks / 252 \\
+ 31.1.2 \box, \fam, \write, \read, \insert / 252 \\
+ 31.2 Ground rules for macro writers / 252 \\
+ 32 Running TEX / 255 \\
+ 32.1 Jobs / 255 \\
+ 32.1.1 Start of the job / 255 \\
+ 32.1.2 End of the job / 256 \\
+ 32.1.3 The log file / 256 \\
+ 32.2 Run modes / 256 \\
+ 33 TEX and the Outside World / 259 \\
+ 33.1 TEX, IniTEX, VirTEX / 259 \\
+ 33.1.1 Formats: loading / 259 \\
+ 33.1.2 Formats: dumping / 260 \\
+ 33.1.3 Formats: preloading / 260 \\
+ 33.1.4 The knowledge of IniTEX / 260 \\
+ 33.1.5 Memory sizes of TEX and IniTEX / 261 \\
+ 33.2 More about formats / 261 \\
+ 33.2.1 Compatibility / 261 \\
+ 33.2.2 Preloaded fonts / 261 \\
+ 33.2.3 The plain format / 262 \\
+ 33.2.4 The LATEX format / 262 \\
+ 33.2.5 Mathematical formats / 262 \\
+ 33.2.6 Other formats / 262 \\
+ 33.3 The dvi file / 263 \\
+ 33.3.1 The dvi file format / 263 \\
+ 33.3.2 Page identification / 263 \\
+ 33.3.3 Magnification / 263 \\
+ 33.4 Specials / 264 \\
+ 33.5 Time / 264 \\
+ 33.6 Fonts / 264 \\
+ 33.6.1 Font metrics / 264 \\
+ 33.6.2 Virtual fonts / 265 \\
+ 33.6.3 Font files / 265 \\
+ 33.6.4 Computer Modern / 266 \\
+ 33.7 TEX and web / 266 \\
+ 33.8 The TEX Users Group / 267 \\
+ 34 Tracing / 269 \\
+ 34.1 Meaning and content: \show, \showthe, \meaning /
+ 270 \\
+ 34.2 Show boxes: \showbox, \tracingoutput / 270 \\
+ 34.3 Global statistics / 272 \\
+ 34.4 Execution tracing / 273 \\
+ 35 Errors, Catastrophes, and Help / 275 \\
+ 35.1 Error messages / 275 \\
+ 35.2 Overflow errors / 276 \\
+ 35.2.1 Buffer size (500) / 276 \\
+ 35.2.2 Exception dictionary (307) / 276 \\
+ 35.2.3 Font memory (20,000) / 276 \\
+ 35.2.4 Grouping levels / 277 \\
+ 35.2.5 Hash size (2100) / 277 \\
+ 35.2.6 Number of strings (3000) / 277 \\
+ 35.2.7 Input stack size (200) / 277 \\
+ 35.2.8 Main memory size (30,000) / 277 \\
+ 35.2.9 Parameter stack size (60) / 277 \\
+ 35.2.10 Pattern memory (8000) / 278 \\
+ 35.2.11 Pattern memory ops per language / 278 \\
+ 35.2.12 Pool size (32,000) / 278 \\
+ 35.2.13 Save size (600) / 278 \\
+ 35.2.14 Semantic nest size (40) / 278 \\
+ 35.2.15 Text input levels (6) / 278 \\
+ 36 The Grammar of TEX / 279 \\
+ 36.1 Notations / 279 \\
+ 36.2 Keywords / 280 \\
+ 36.3 Specific grammatical terms / 280 \\
+ 36.3.1 equals / 280 \\
+ 36.3.2 filler , general text / 280 \\
+ 36.3.3 {} and left brace right brace / 281 \\
+ 36.3.4 math field / 281 \\
+ 36.4 Differences between TEX versions 2 and 3 / 281 \\
+ 37 Glossary of TEX Primitives / 283 \\
+ 38 Tables / 297 \\
+ 38.1 Character tables / 298 \\
+ 38.2 Computer modern fonts / 300 \\
+ 38.3 Plain TEX math symbols / 305 \\
+ 38.3.1 Mathcharacter codes / 305 \\
+ 38.3.2 Delimiter codes / 306 \\
+ 38.3.3 mathchardef tokens : ordinary symbols / 307 \\
+ 38.3.4 mathchardef tokens : large operators / 308 \\
+ 38.3.5 mathchardef tokens : binary operations / 309 \\
+ 38.3.6 mathchardef tokens : relations / 310 \\
+ 38.3.7 \delimiter macros / 311 \\
+ 39 Index / 313 \\
+ Bibliography / 321",
}
@Book{Emerson:1987:TTU,
@@ -5898,9 +6922,46 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-87352-565-7",
LCCN = "LB2369.G53 1995",
bibdate = "Sat Sep 28 17:22:14 1996",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$16.75",
+ abstract = "A style manual for preparing research papers. Includes
+ information on citing electronic publications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ shorttableofcontents = "Research and writing \\
+ The mechanics of writing \\
+ The format of the research paper \\
+ Documentation: preparing the list of works cited \\
+ Documentation: citing sources in the text \\
+ Abbreviations",
+ tableofcontents = "Foreword / Phyllis Franklin \\
+ Chapter 1: Research and Writing \\
+ 1.1: Research Paper as a Form of Exploration \\
+ 1.2: Research Paper as a Form of Writing \\
+ 1.3: Selecting a Topic \\
+ 1.4: Conducting Research \\
+ 1.4.1: Modern Academic Library \\
+ 1.4.2: Central Information System \\
+ 1.4.3: Reference Works \\
+ 1.4.4: Online Catalog of Library Holdings \\
+ 1.4.5: Other Library Resources and Services \\
+ 1.4.6: Internet Sources \\
+ 1.5: Compiling a Working Bibliography \\
+ 1.6: Evaluating Sources \\
+ 1.6.1: Authorship and Authority \\
+ 1.6.2: Accuracy and Verifiability \\
+ 1.6.3: Currency \\
+ 1.7: Taking Notes \\
+ 1.8: Plagiarism \\
+ 1.9: Outlining \\
+ 1.9.1: Working Outline \\
+ 1.9.2: Thesis Statement \\
+ 1.9.3: Final Outline \\
+ 1.10: Writing Drafts \\
+ 1.11: Language and Style \\
+ 1.12: Guides to Writing \\
+ Chapter 2: Mechanics of Writing \\
+ \ldots{} [contents lost]",
}
@Article{Gilchrist:1989:TTP,
@@ -6023,10 +7084,17 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-54199-1 (paperback), 978-0-201-77591-4
(hardcover)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 1994",
- bibdate = "Mon May 26 17:29:33 2014",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- price = "US\$34.25",
+ bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:31:37 1999",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ ZMnumber = "0816.68140",
+ abstract = "This volume includes the revised LaTeX standard and
+ introduces extensions not covered in Lamport. The book
+ also introduces tools and techniques that will enhance
+ use of Lamport's LaTeX and help format documents more
+ quickly and efficiently. It provides guidance for
+ customizing commands.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@@ -6043,15 +7111,31 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-85469-5",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$39.75",
series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- keywords = "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file);
- Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; PostScript
- (Computer program language); Scientific illustration --
- Computer programs; Technical publishing -- Computer
- programs.",
+ keywords = "Computerized typesetting.; LaTeX (Computer file);
+ Mathematics printing --- Computer programs.; PostScript
+ (Computer program language); Scientific illustration
+ --- Computer programs.; Technical publishing ---
+ Computer programs.",
+ tableofcontents = "1: Graphics with \LaTeX{} \\
+ 2: The \LaTeX{} $2_\epsilon$ graphics bundle \\
+ 3: Working with METAFONT and METAPOST \\
+ 4: Harnessing PostScript inside \LaTeX{}: the PSTricks
+ package \\
+ 5: The Xy-pic package \\
+ 6: Applications in chemistry, physics, and engineering
+ \\
+ 7: Preparing music scores \\
+ 8: Playing games \\
+ 9: The world of color \\
+ 10: Using PostScript fonts \\
+ 11: PostScript drivers and tools \\
+ A: Technical appendixes \\
+ B: Getting all the goodies",
}
@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC,
@@ -6249,9 +7333,9 @@
journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
}
- at Book{Gratzer:1996:MI,
+ at Book{Gratzer:1996:MLI,
author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer",
- title = "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeXe} and
+ title = "Math into {\LaTeX}: an introduction to {\LaTeX}2e and
{\AMSLaTeX} 1.2",
publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER,
address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr,
@@ -6260,8 +7344,9 @@
ISBN = "0-8176-3805-9, 3-7643-3805-9",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-3805-4, 978-3-7643-3805-3",
LCCN = "Z253.4.A65G69 199",
- bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 18:36:33 1998",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Mon Aug 12 16:20:51 1996",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$49.50",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
@@ -6269,6 +7354,20 @@
Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
Logiciels.",
+ tableofcontents = "I. A short course \\
+ II. Text and math \\
+ III. Document structure \\
+ IV. Customizing \\
+ V. Long bibliographies and indexes \\
+ A Math symbol tables \\
+ B Text symbol tables \\
+ C The AMS-LATEX sample article \\
+ D Sample article with user-defined commands \\
+ E Background \\
+ F PostScript fonts \\
+ G Getting it \\
+ H Conversions \\
+ I Final word",
}
@Book{Gratzer:1999:FSL,
@@ -6298,14 +7397,102 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
price = "US\$49.95",
+ abstract = "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician,
+ physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who
+ needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset
+ articles and books containing mathematical formulas,
+ and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects
+ of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to
+ LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key
+ features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple,
+ example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction
+ (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles
+ in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate
+ the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful
+ appendices containing mathematical and text symbol
+ tables and information on how to convert from older
+ versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition,
+ ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an
+ open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows
+ operating systems * Another new chapter describing
+ amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references
+ that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This
+ edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart
+ document class, along with updated examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
Composition automatique (Industries graphiques);
- Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
- Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
+ Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
+ Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression ---
Logiciels",
+ tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\
+ 1: Typing your first article \\
+ II: Text and math \\
+ 2: Typing text \\
+ 3: Text environments \\
+ 4: Typing math \\
+ 5: Multiline math displays \\
+ III: Document structure \\
+ 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\
+ 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\
+ 8: AMS documents \\
+ IV: Customization \\
+ 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\
+ V: Long documents \\
+ 10: BibTeX \\
+ 11: MakeIndex \\
+ 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\
+ VI: Math and the Web \\
+ 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\
+ 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\
+ A: Math symbol tables \\
+ A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\
+ A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\
+ A.1.2: Greek letters \\
+ A.2: Binary relations \\
+ A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\
+ A.3: Binary operations \\
+ A.4: Arrows \\
+ A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\
+ A.6: Delimiters \\
+ A.7: Operators \\
+ A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\
+ A.7.2: Operators with limits \\
+ A.7.3: Large operators \\
+ A.8: Math accents and fonts \\
+ A.8.1: Math accents \\
+ A.8.2: Math fonts \\
+ A.9: Math spacing commands \\
+ B: Text symbol tables \\
+ B.1: Some European characters \\
+ B.2: Text accents \\
+ B.3: Text font commands \\
+ B.3.1: Text font family commands \\
+ B.4: Additional text symbols \\
+ B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\
+ B.5.1: Accents \\
+ B.5.2: European characters \\
+ B.5.3: Quotation marks \\
+ B.6: Text spacing commands \\
+ C: Background \\
+ C.1: A short history \\
+ C.1.2: Recent developments \\
+ C.2.1: The layers \\
+ C.2.2: Typesetting \\
+ C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\
+ D: PostScript fonts \\
+ D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\
+ D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\
+ D.4: More PostScript fonts \\
+ F: A book document class \\
+ G: Conversions \\
+ H: Final word \\
+ H.1: What was left out? \\
+ H.2: Further reading",
}
@Book{Gratzer:2007:ML,
@@ -6424,7 +7611,7 @@
ISSN-L = "0002-9920",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 05 18:14:43 2013",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- URL = "www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf",
+ URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/201303/rnoti-p332.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -6628,9 +7815,34 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-07-025207-3",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 G87 1994",
bibdate = "Wed Sep 29 17:55:14 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- price = "US\$29.95",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Getting Started \\
+ 2: Writing Without Special Features \\
+ 3: Basic Units \\
+ 4: Fonts \\
+ 5: Spaces and Breakpoints \\
+ 6: Layout of Pages \\
+ 7: Groups \\
+ 8: Mathematical Formulas \\
+ 9: Figures \\
+ 10: Compound Units of Text \\
+ 11: Macros \\
+ 12: Data Types \\
+ 13: Selectors \\
+ 14: Auxiliary Files \\
+ 15: Deeper Into Macros \\
+ 16: Characters \\
+ 17: Environments for Writing \\
+ Appendix A: More on Symbols and Characters \\
+ Appendix B: More About Tex \\
+ Appendix C: Line Drawing \\
+ Appendix D: Output Routines \\
+ Appendix E: Mathematical Tables \\
+ Appendix F: Ordinary Tables \\
+ Appendix G: Catalog of Commands \\
+ Appendix H: Bibliography",
}
@Misc{GUTenberg:1988:CG,
@@ -7040,8 +8252,8 @@
author = "Horace Hart",
title = "{Hart}'s Rules; For Compositors and Readers at the
{University Press, Oxford}",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
edition = "39th",
pages = "182",
year = "1991",
@@ -7216,6 +8428,7 @@
volume = "56",
number = "3",
pages = "348--354",
+ month = mar,
year = "2009",
CODEN = "AMNOAN",
ISSN = "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)",
@@ -7224,6 +8437,7 @@
MRnumber = "2494101",
bibdate = "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ URL = "http://www.ams.org/journals/notices/200903/tx090300348p.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -7713,8 +8927,8 @@
author = "Alan Hoenig",
title = "{\TeX} Unbound: {\LaTeX} and {\TeX} Strategies for
Fonts, Graphics, \& More",
- publisher = pub-OUP,
- address = pub-OUP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-OXFORD,
+ address = pub-OXFORD:adr,
pages = "ix + 580",
year = "1998",
ISBN = "0-19-509686-X (paperback), 0-19-509685-1 (hardcover)",
@@ -7722,14 +8936,49 @@
(hardcover)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38H64 1997",
bibdate = "Wed Apr 29 14:32:29 1998",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$60.00 (hardcover), US\$35.00 (paperback)",
URL = "http://www.oup-usa.org/gcdocs/gc_0195096851.html",
+ abstract = "TeX and LaTeX are some of the premier technical
+ typesetting systems in existence. While there are many
+ books on TeX and LaTeX, none offers more than slight
+ coverage of issues not directly related to using TeX
+ and LaTeX commands. This book fills this important gap,
+ bringing together for the first time hard-to-find
+ information on essential aspects of document
+ production. TeX Unbound includes practical advice and
+ numerous examples for a wide range of topics. Readers
+ who devour their books from cover to cover will enjoy
+ the lively style, but the copious index, detailed table
+ of contents, many illustrations, and frequent boxed
+ summaries make this book equally valuable to those who
+ simply need a quick and concise answer to a pressing
+ question.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
keywords = "Computer fonts; Computer graphics; Computerized
- typesetting; Mathematics printing -- Computer programs;
- METAFONT; Technical publishing -- Computer programs;
- {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer file)",
+ typesetting; Mathematics printing --- Computer
+ programs; METAFONT; Technical publishing --- Computer
+ programs; {\LaTeX} (Computer file); {\TeX} (Computer
+ file)",
+ tableofcontents = "1: About \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\
+ 2: \TeX{}, the Internet, and Multimedia \\
+ 3: Mostly Metafont \\
+ 4: Logical Documents via \LaTeX{} \\
+ 5: \TeX{} in the Workplace \\
+ 6: Installing and Selecting Fonts \\
+ 7: Virtual Fonts, Virtuous Fonts \\
+ 8: Virtual-Font Projects \\
+ 9: More Virtual Fonts \\
+ 10: New Math Fonts \\
+ 11: Graphic Discussions \\
+ 12: Graphics via \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} \\
+ 13: Using Metafont and MetaPost \\
+ 14: PSTricks \\
+ 15: Mfpic Pictures \\
+ Appendix 1: Basic \TeX{} Commands \\
+ Appendix 2: More About \LaTeX{} \\
+ Appendix 3: Producing this Book",
}
@Article{Hohti:1988:TAT,
@@ -8418,13 +9667,30 @@
address = pub-ELLIS-HORWOOD:adr,
pages = "xviii + 170",
year = "1992",
- ISBN = "0-13-524539-7",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-524539-2",
+ ISBN = "0-13-524539-7 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-524539-2 (paperback)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 J64 1992",
bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 14:01:03 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$30.00",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Preface First examples / 1 \\
+ Commands and variables / 17 \\
+ Document styles / 23 \\
+ Structuring a document / 33 \\
+ Fonts and special symbols / 43 \\
+ Text displays / 59 \\
+ Tables, figures and pictures / 67 \\
+ Typesetting mathematics / 81 \\
+ Cross referencing and bibliographies / 89 \\
+ Defining commands / 97 \\
+ LaTeX style parameters / 101 \\
+ Writing a style file / 123 \\
+ LaTeX past, present and future / 141 \\
+ A Hints on running LaTeX / 149 \\
+ B Error messages / 151 \\
+ Index / 161",
}
@InProceedings{Jurriens:1992:TE,
@@ -9759,19 +11025,48 @@
@Book{Knuth:1992:LP,
author = "Donald E. Knuth",
title = "Literate Programming",
+ volume = "27",
publisher = pub-SUCSLI,
address = pub-SUCSLI:adr,
- pages = "xiii + 368",
+ pages = "xv + 368",
year = "1992",
ISBN = "0-937073-80-6 (paperback), 0-937073-81-4 (hardcover)",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-937073-80-3 (paperback), 978-0-937073-81-0
(hardcover)",
- LCCN = "QA76.6 .K644 1992",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:08:14 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- price = "US\$24.95 (paperback), US\$59.95 (hardcover)",
- series = "CSLI Lecture Notes Number 27",
+ LCCN = "QA76.6.K644",
+ bibdate = "Tue Mar 03 12:24:41 1998",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dijkstra-edsger-w.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/acm-turing-awards.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1970.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cacm1980.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/spell.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ series = "CSLI Lecture Notes",
+ URL = "http://csli-www.stanford.edu/publications/literate.html",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "electronic digital computers --- programming",
+ remark = "See translation \cite{Knuth:1994:BP}.",
+ tableofcontents = "1: Computer programming as an art / 1 \\
+ 2: Structured programming with go to statements / 17
+ \\
+ 3: A structured program to generate all topological
+ sorting arrangements / 91 \\
+ 4: Literate programming / 99 \\
+ 5: Programming pearls: Sampling / 137 \\
+ 6: Programming pearls, continued: Common Words / 151
+ \\
+ 7: How to read a WEB / 179 \\
+ 8: Excerpts from the programs for \TeX{} and METAFONT /
+ 185 \\
+ 9: Mathematical writing / 235 \\
+ 10: Errors of \TeX{} / 243 \\
+ 11: Error log of \TeX{} / 293 \\
+ 12: Example of CWEB / 341 \\
+ Further Reading / 349 \\
+ Index / 359",
}
@Book{Knuth:1993:CSS,
@@ -9786,7 +11081,26 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-57569-9",
LCCN = "QA76.9.D3 K6 1993",
bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:36:22 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ abstract = "WEB is a software system that facilitates the creation
+ of readable programs. It was originally developed by
+ Donald E. Knuth as he programmed the TEX typesetting
+ system. Users of WEB are able to write programs of
+ superior quality; produce state-of-the-art
+ documentation; greatly reduce debugging time and
+ maintain programs easily as conditions change. CWEB is
+ a version of WEB for documenting C and C++ programs.
+ WEB was adapted to C by Silvio Levy in 1987, and since
+ then both Knuth and Levy have revised and enhanced the
+ system in many ways, notably to support C++ and ANSI C.
+ Thus CWEB combines TEX with two of today's most widely
+ used professional programming languages. This book is
+ the definitive user's guide and reference manual for
+ the CWEB system. The CWEB software itself is freely
+ available via anonymous ftp from labrea.stanford.edu on
+ the Internet.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@@ -9812,22 +11126,63 @@
@Book{Knuth:1999:DT,
author = "Donald E. Knuth",
title = "Digital Typography",
+ volume = "78",
publisher = pub-CSLI,
address = pub-CSLI:adr,
pages = "xvi + 685",
year = "1999",
- ISBN = "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7
- (paperback)",
+ ISBN = "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4
+ (hardcover)",
LCCN = "Z249.3.K59 1998",
MRclass = "68U15",
- MRnumber = "1676044 (2002k:68194)",
- MRreviewer = "P. D. F. Ion",
+ MRnumber = "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)",
bibdate = "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib;
+ MathSciNet database",
price = "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)",
series = "CSLI Lecture Notes",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\
+ 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\
+ 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\
+ 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts
+ / 157 \\
+ 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\
+ 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\
+ 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\
+ 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\
+ 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\
+ 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\
+ 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\
+ 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\
+ 13: The Letter S / 263 \\
+ 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\
+ 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\
+ 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\
+ 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339
+ \\
+ 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\
+ 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\
+ 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\
+ 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\
+ 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\
+ 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\
+ 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\
+ 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\
+ 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\
+ 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\
+ 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\
+ 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\
+ 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\
+ 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\
+ 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\
+ 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\
+ 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\
+ Index / 663",
}
@Book{Knuth:2013:EK,
@@ -9962,7 +11317,7 @@
@Book{Kopka:1988:LE,
author = "Helmut Kopka",
- title = "{\LaTeX}\emdash{}Eine Einf{\"u}hrung",
+ title = "{{\LaTeX}: Eine Einf{\"u}hrung}",
publisher = pub-AWV,
address = pub-AWV:adr,
edition = "Second",
@@ -9970,9 +11325,355 @@
year = "1988",
ISBN = "3-89319-136-4, 3-89319-199-2",
ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-136-9, 978-3-89319-199-4",
- bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 09:48:36 1998",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 15:09:48 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1 Grundlagen / 1 \\
+ 1.1 TeX und LaTeX / 2 \\
+ 1.2 Text und Befehle / 3 \\
+ 1.3 Grundstruktur eines LaTeX-Files / 3 \\
+ 1.4 LaTeX-Bearbeitungsnioden / 5 \\
+ 1.5 Erl{\"a}uterungen zum vorliegenden Text / 5 \\
+ 1.6 Die Erzeugung eines LaTeX-Dokuments / 6 \\
+ 1.7 Hinweise f{\"u}r Autoren / 7 \\
+ 2 Befehle und Umgebungen / 9 \\
+ 2.1 Befehlsnamen und Befehlsargumente / 9 \\
+ 2.2 Umgebungen (environment) / 10 \\
+ 2.3 Erkl{\"a}rungen (declaration) / 11 \\
+ 2.4 Ma{\ss}angaben / 12 \\
+ 2.4.1 Feste Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\
+ 2.4.2 Elastische Ma{\ss}e / 12 \\
+ 2.5 Sonderzeichen / 13 \\
+ 2.5.1 Eingabe der Umlaute und des {\ss} / 13 \\
+ 2.5.2 Anf{\"u}hrungsstriche / 13 \\
+ 2.5.3 Trenn-, Binde- und Gedankenstriche / 14 \\
+ 2.5.4 Der Druck von Befehlszeichen / 14 \\
+ 2.5.5 Die Sonderzeichen \S, $\dagger$, $\ddagger$,
+ $\P$, $\copyright$ und $\pounds$ / 14 \\
+ 2.5.6 Sonderbuchstaben in Fremdsprachen / 14 \\
+ 2.5.7 Akzente / 14 \\
+ 2.5.8 Ligaturen / 15 \\
+ 2.5.9 Das Datum / 15 \\
+ 2.6 Zerbrechliche Befehle / 15 \\
+ 2.7 {\"U}bungen / 16 \\
+ 3 Dokument- und Seitenstil 1 / 9 \\
+ 3.1 Der Dokumentstil / 19 \\
+ 3.2 Der Seitenstil / 21 \\
+ 3.2.1 Kopfdeklarationen / 21 \\
+ 3.2.2 Seitennumerierung / 22 \\
+ 3.2.3 Zeilen- und Absatzabst{\"a}nde / 23 \\
+ 3.2.4 Seitendeklarationen / 23 \\
+ 3.2.5 Ein- und zweispaltige Seiten / 25 \\
+ 3.3 Dokumentuntergliederung / 25 \\
+ 3.3.1 Die Titelseite / 26 \\
+ 3.3.2 Der Abstrakt / 28 \\
+ 3.3.3 Die fortlaufende Untergliederung / 28 \\
+ 3.3.4 Der Anhang / 30 \\
+ 3.4 Das Inhaltsverzeichnis / 31 \\
+ 3.4.1 Automatische Eintragungen / 31 \\
+ 3.4.2 Der Ausdruck des Inhaltsverzeichnisses / 31 \\
+ 3.4.3 Zus{\"a}tzliche Eintragungen / 31 \\
+ 3.4.4 Weitere Verzeichnisse / 32 \\
+ 3.5 Formatierungshilfen / 33 \\
+ 3.5.1 Zeichen- und Wortabst{\"a}nde / 33 \\
+ 3.5.1.1 Der . und das Satzende / 33 \\
+ 3.5.1.2 Frenchspacing / 33 \\
+ 3.5.1.3 Die Zeichenkombination `` und '' / 34 \\
+ 3.5.1.4 Italic-Korrektur / 34 \\
+ 3.5.1.5 Die Ausschaltung von Ligaturen / 34 \\
+ 3.5.1.6 Einf{\"u}gung beliebiger Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 34
+ \\
+ 3.5.1.7 Einf{\"u}gung von \ldots{} und \_\_\_ Sequenzen
+ / 35 \\
+ 3.5.2 Zeilenumbruch / 36 \\
+ 3.5.2.1 Der Befehl \\ / 36 \\
+ 3.5.2.2 Weitere Zeilenumbruchbefehle / 36 \\
+ 3.5.3 Absatzabstand / 37 \\
+ 3.5.4 Absatzeinr{\"u}ckungen / 37 \\
+ 3.5.5 Seitenumbruch / 38 \\
+ 3.5.5.1 Normale Textseiten / 38 \\
+ 3.5.5.2 Seiten mit Bildern und Tabellen / 38 \\
+ 3.5.5.3 Zweispaltige Seiten / 39 \\
+ 3.5.5.4 Doppelseitiger Druck / 39 \\
+ 3.5.5.5 Eingeschr{\"a}nkter Umbruch / 39 \\
+ 3.5.5.6 Weitere Hilfen zum Seitenumbruch / 40 \\
+ 3.6 Trennhilfen / 41 \\
+ 3.6.1 Direkte Trennhilfen / 41 \\
+ 3.6.2 Erzeugung einer Trennliste / 42 \\
+ 3.6.3 Vermeidung von Trennungen / 42 \\
+ 3.6.4 Zeilenbreite und Trennungen / 43 \\
+ 3.6.5 Zusatzinformation {\"u}ber Trennungen / 43 \\
+ 4 Texthervorhebungen / 45 \\
+ 4.1 {\"A}nderung der Schrift / 45 \\
+ 4.1.1 Die Standardumschaltung \em / 45 \\
+ 4.1.2 Die verf{\"u}gbaren Schriftarten / 46 \\
+ 4.1.3 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}e / 46 \\
+ 4.1.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Schriftarten / 48 \\
+ 4.1.5 Zeichens{\"a}tze und Symbole / 48 \\
+ 4.2 Textverschiebungen / 49 \\
+ 4.2.1 Zentrierter Text / 49 \\
+ 4.2.2 Einseitig b{\"u}ndiger Text / 49 \\
+ 4.2.3 Beidseitig einger{\"u}ckter Text / 49 \\
+ 4.2.4 Verseinr{\"u}ckungen / 50 \\
+ 4.3 Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 51 \\
+ 4.3.1 Beispiel 'itemize' / 51 \\
+ 4.3.2 Beispiel 'enumerate' / 52 \\
+ 4.3.3 Beispiel 'description' / 52 \\
+ 4.3.4 Geschachtelte Aufz{\"a}hlungen / 52 \\
+ 4.3.5 {\"A}nderung der Markierungen / 54 \\
+ 4.3.6 Literaturverzeichnis / 56 \\
+ 4.4 Allgemeine Listen / 58 \\
+ 4.4.1 Die Standardmarke / 58 \\
+ 4.4.2 Die Listenerkl{\"a}rung / 59 \\
+ 4.4.3 Beispiel f{\"u}r eine benutzergestaltete Liste /
+ 60 \\
+ 4.4.4 Listendefinitionen als neue Umgebungen / 61 \\
+ 4.4.5 Triviale Listen / 62 \\
+ 4.4.6 Verschachtelte Listen / 62 \\
+ 4.5 Regels{\"a}tze / 63 \\
+ 4.6 Tabulatorsetzungen / 64 \\
+ 4.6.1 Grundlagen / 64 \\
+ 4.6.2 Musterzeile / 64 \\
+ 4.6.3 Tabstops und linker Rand / 65 \\
+ 4.6.4 Weitere Tabulatorbefehle / 65 \\
+ 4.6.5 Zusatzbemerkungen / 66 \\
+ 4.7 Boxen / 68 \\
+ 4.7.1 LR-Boxen / 68 \\
+ 4.7.2 Vertikale Verschiebungen von LR-Boxen / 69 \\
+ 4.7.3 Absatzboxen und Teilseiten / 70 \\
+ 4.7.4 Rule-Boxen / 71 \\
+ 4.7.5 Verschachtelte Boxen / 72 \\
+ 4.7.6 Box-Stilparameter / 73 \\
+ 4.8 Tabellen / 74 \\
+ 4.8.1 Die Konstruktion von Tabellen / 74 \\
+ 4.8.2 Die {\"A}nderung des Tabellenstils / 76 \\
+ 4.8.3 Beispiele von Tabellenkonstruktionen / 77 \\
+ 4.8.4 Gleitende Tabellen / 84 \\
+ 4.9 Fu{\ss}noten und Randnotizen / 86 \\
+ 4.9.1 Standardfu{\ss}noten / 86 \\
+ 4.9.2 Abweichungen vom Standard / 86 \\
+ 4.9.3 {\"A}nderung des Fu{\ss}notenstils / 87 \\
+ 4.9.4 Fu{\ss}noten in unerlaubten Moden / 88 \\
+ 4.9.5 Fu{\ss}noten in Minipages / 89 \\
+ 4.9.6 Randnotizen / 89 \\
+ 4.9.7 Stilparameter f{\"u}r Randboxen / 91 \\
+ 4.10 Ausdruck von Originaltext / 91 \\
+ 4.11 Kommentare im Eingabetext / 92 \\
+ 5 Mathematische Formeln 0 / 3 \\
+ 5.1 Mathematische Umgebungen / 93 \\
+ 5.2 Die Hauptkonstruktionselemente / 94 \\
+ 5.2.1 Konstante, Variable und ihre Verkn{\"u}pfungen /
+ 94 \\
+ 5.2.2 Hoch- und Tiefstellungen von Zeichen / 95 \\
+ 5.2.3 Br{\"u}che / 95 \\
+ 5.2.4 Wurzeln / 96 \\
+ 5.2.5 Summen und Integrale / 96 \\
+ 5.2.6 Fortsetzungspunkte - Ellipsen / 97 \\
+ 5.3 Mathematische Symbole / 98 \\
+ 5.3.1 Griechische Buchstaben / 98 \\
+ 5.3.2 Kalligraphische Buchstaben / 98 \\
+ 5.3.3 Bin{\"a}re Operationssymbole / 99 \\
+ 5.3.4 Vergleichssymbole und deren Negation / 99 \\
+ 5.3.5 Pfeil- oder Zeigersymbole / 100 \\
+ 5.3.6 Verschiedene sonstige Symbole / 100 \\
+ 5.3.7 Symbole in zwei Gr{\"o}{\ss}en / 101 \\
+ 5.3.8 Funktionsnamen / 101 \\
+ 5.3.9 Mathematische Akzente / 102 \\
+ 5.4 Weitere Konstruktionselemente / 103 \\
+ 5.4.1 Automatische Gr{\"o}{\ss}enanpassung von
+ Klammersymbolen / 104 \\
+ 5.4.2 Gew{\"o}hnlicher Text innerhalb von Formeln / 105
+ \\
+ 5.4.3 Matrizen und Felder / 105 \\
+ 5.4.4 Uber- und Unterstreichen von Teilformeln / 108
+ \\
+ 5.4.5 Gestockte Symbole / 108 \\
+ 5.4.6 Zus{\"a}tzliche mathematische T{\ss}X-Befehle /
+ 109 \\
+ 5.4.7 Mehrzellige Formeln / 110 \\
+ 5.4.8 Gerahmte oder nebeneinander stehende Formeln /
+ 113 \\
+ 5.4.9 Chemische Formeln - Fettdruck in Formeln / 114
+ \\
+ 5.5 Mathematische Formatierungshilfen / 115 \\
+ 5.5.1 Horizontale Abst{\"a}nde / 115 \\
+ 5.5.2 Die Wahl der Schriftgr{\"o}{\ss}en in Formeln /
+ 116 \\
+ 5.5.3 Manuelle Gr{\"o}{\ss}enwahl der Klammersymbole /
+ 118 \\
+ 5.5.4 Mathematische Stilparameter / 118 \\
+ 5.5.5 Einige Zusatzempfehlungen / 119 \\
+ 5.5.6 Gerahmte abgesetzte Formeln / 121 \\
+ 5.5.7 Was ist sonst noch m{\"o}glich? / 122 \\
+ 6 Bilder / 123 \\
+ 6.1 Ma{\ss}- und Positionierungsangaben / 123 \\
+ 6.2 Die Bildumgebung - picture / 124 \\
+ 6.3 Die Positionierungsbefehle / 125 \\
+ 6.4 Die Bildobjekt-Befehle / 126 \\
+ 6.4.1 Text im Bild / 126 \\
+ 6.4.2 Bildboxen - Rechtecke / 126 \\
+ 6.4.3 Gerade Linien / 129 \\
+ 6.4.4 Pfeile / 130 \\
+ 6.4.5 Kreise / 131 \\
+ 6.4.6 Ovale und gerundete Ecken / 131 \\
+ 6.4.7 Vertikal gestockte Texte / 133 \\
+ 6.4.8 Textangepa{\ss}te Rahmen / 133 \\
+ 6.5 Weitere Bildbefehle und Beispiele / 134 \\
+ 6.5.1 Strichst{\"a}xken / 134 \\
+ 6.5.2 Verschachtelte Bilder / 135 \\
+ 6.5.3 Speicherung von Bildteilen / 136 \\
+ 6.5.4 Erweiterte picture-Umgebung / 139 \\
+ 6.5.5 Weitere Beispiele / 139 \\
+ 6.5.6 Allgemeine Empfehlungen / 141 \\
+ 6.6 Gleitende Tabellen und Bilder / 142 \\
+ 6.6.1 Die Plazierung von Gleitobjekten / 142 \\
+ 6.6.2 Stilparameter f{\"u}r gleitende Objekte / 143 \\
+ 6.6.3 Uber- und Unterschriften f{\"u}r gleitende
+ Objekte / 145 \\
+ 6.6.4 Beispiele f{\"u}r Gleitobjekte / 146 \\
+ 6.6.5 Bild- und Tabellenreferenzen im Text / 148 \\
+ 7 Benutzereigene Strukturen / 149 \\
+ 7.1 Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\
+ 7.1.1 M?{\ss}X-eigene Z{\"a}hler / 149 \\
+ 7.1.2 Benutzereigene Z{\"a}hler / 150 \\
+ 7.1.3 Ver{\"a}nderung der Z{\"a}hlerwerte / 150 \\
+ 7.1.4 Der Ausdruck von Z{\"a}hlerst{\"a}nden / 151 \\
+ 7.2 L{\"a}ngen / 152 \\
+ 7.3 Benutzereigene Befehle / 153 \\
+ 7.3.1 Befehle ohne Parameter / 153 \\
+ 7.3.2 Befehle mit Parametern / 155 \\
+ 7.3.3 Weitere Beispiele / 156 \\
+ 7.4 Benutzereigene Umgebungen / 159 \\
+ 7.4.1 Umgebungen ohne Parameter / 159 \\
+ 7.4.2 Umgebungen mit Parametern / 161 \\
+ 7.5 Allgemeine Bemerkungen zu Benutzerstrukturen / 163
+ \\
+ 7.5.1 Abspeichern von benutzereigenen Strukturen / 163
+ \\
+ 7.5.2 Strukturen zur Abk{\"u}rzung / 163 \\
+ 7.5.3 Gleiche Befehls- und Z{\"a}hlernamen / 164 \\
+ 7.5.4 Die Reichweite benutzereigener Definitionen / 164
+ \\
+ 7.5.5 Die Reihenfolge von Strukturdefinitionen / 164
+ \\
+ 7.5.6 Weitergereichte Parameter / 165 \\
+ 7.5.7 Verschachtelte Definitionen / 165 \\
+ 7.5.8 Unerw{\"u}nschte Zwischenr{\"a}ume / 166 \\
+ 7.5.9 Zwei abschlie{\ss}ende Beispiele / 167 \\
+ 7.6 Benutzerspezifische LaTeX-Anpassungen / 169 \\
+ 7.6.1 LaTeX-Strukturbeschreibung / 170 \\
+ 7.6.2 LaTeX-Anpassungen f{\"u}r deutsche Texte / 171
+ \\
+ 7.6.3 Weitere Dokumentstil-Optionen / 173 \\
+ 7.6.4 Einige Zusatzhinweise / 174 \\
+ 7.6.5 PC-LaTeX Anpassungen / 175 \\
+ 7.6.6 Anmerkungen zum WEB-Programmsystem / 176 \\
+ 8 Miszellaneen / 177 \\
+ 8.1 Behandlung von Teildokumenten / 177 \\
+ 8.1.1 Der ``input'' Befehl / 177 \\
+ 8.1.2 Der ``include'' Befehl / 178 \\
+ 8.1.3 Terminal Ein- und Ausgabe / 180 \\
+ 8.2 Textbez{\"u}ge / 182 \\
+ 8.2.1 Kreuzreferenzen / 182 \\
+ 8.2.2 Bez{\"u}ge zum Literaturverzeichnis / 183 \\
+ 8.2.3 Indexregister / 185 \\
+ 8.2.4 Glossaxy / 186 \\
+ 8.3 Die verschiedenen LaTeX-Files / 187 \\
+ 8.4 Geladene und nachladbare Zeichens{\"a}tze / 189 \\
+ 9 Fehlerbehandlung / 101 \\
+ 9.1 Grundstruktur der Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\
+ 9.1.1 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 191 \\
+ 9.1.2 LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen / 194 \\
+ 9.1.3 Fehlermeldungen aus TeX-Makros / 198 \\
+ 9.2 Fehler durch Fehler / 199 \\
+ 9.2.1 Typische Fehler mit Folgewirkung / 201 \\
+ 9.2.2 Mathematische Fehlermeldungen / 203 \\
+ 9.2.3 Fehlermeldungen bei Mehrfiletexten / 205 \\
+ 9.3 Verzeichnis aller LaTeX-Fehler / 206 \\
+ 9.4 TeX-Fehlermeldungen / 209 \\
+ 9.5 Warnungen / 215 \\
+ 9.5.1 LaTeX-Warnungen / 215 \\
+ 9.5.2 TeX-Warnungen / 216 \\
+ 9.6 Suche nach versteckten Fehlern / 217 \\
+ A Briefe / 219 \\
+ A.1 Der LaTeX-letter Stil / 219 \\
+ A.2 Ein hauseigener letter Stil / 223 \\
+ A.3 Hinweise zur firmenspezifischen Anpassung / 226 \\
+ A.3.1 Benutzereigene Briefbefehle / 227 \\
+ A.3.2 Benutzereigene Briefformulare / 228 \\
+ B Literaturdatenbanken / 231 \\
+ B.1 Das BiBTeX-Programm / 231 \\
+ B.2 Die Erstellung einer Literaturdatenbank / 233 \\
+ B.2.1 Die verschiedenen Eingabetypen / 234 \\
+ B.2.2 Felder / 236 \\
+ B.2.3 Spezielle Feldformate / 237 \\
+ B.2.4 Abk{\"u}rzungen / 239 \\
+ C Zeichens{\"a}tze 2 4 / 1 \\
+ C.1 Vorbemerkungen / 241 \\
+ C.2 Klassifizierung der TeX-Grundzeichens{\"a}tze / 242
+ \\
+ C.3 Proportionalschriften / 244 \\
+ C.3.1 Serifenschriften / 244 \\
+ C.3.1.1 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Roman'' / 244 \\
+ C.3.1.2 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Slanted'' / 246 \\
+ C.3.1.3 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Italic'' / 246 \\
+ C.3.1.4 Die Zeichensatzfamilie ``Bold Face''
+ (Fettdruck) / 247 \\
+ C.3.2 Sans Serifenschriften / 248 \\
+ C.3.2.1 Die ``senkrechten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze
+ / 249 \\
+ C.3.2.2 Die ``geneigten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze /
+ 250 \\
+ C.3.2.3 Die ``fetten Sans Serif'' Zeichens{\"a}tze /
+ 251 \\
+ C.3.2.4 Der Zeichensatz cminch / 251 \\
+ C.3.3 Zier- und Sonderschriften / 253 \\
+ C.4 Fixschriften - Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\
+ C.4.1 Senkrechte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 254 \\
+ C.4.2 Gro{\ss}schreibung / 255 \\
+ C.4.3 Geneigte Schreibmaschinenschriften / 255 \\
+ C.4.4 Mathematische Schreibmaschinenschrift / 255 \\
+ C.5 Mathematik- und Symbolzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\
+ C.5.1 Mathematische Textzeichens{\"a}tze / 256 \\
+ C.5.2 Mathematische Symbole / 257 \\
+ C.5.3 Variable Symbole / 258 \\
+ C.5.4 Zus{\"a}tzliche Zeichens{\"a}tze / 258 \\
+ C.5.4.1 Die LaTeX-lasy Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\
+ C.5.4.2 Zeichens{\"a}tze zur Erzeugung von Bildern /
+ 259 \\
+ C.5.4.3 Logo Zeichens{\"a}tze / 259 \\
+ C.6 Die Anordnung innerhalb der Zeichens{\"a}tze / 260
+ \\
+ C.7 Die Zeichensatzfiles / 265 \\
+ C.7.1 Die Grundnamen / 265 \\
+ C.7.2 Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Zeichens{\"a}tze / 265 \\
+ C.7.3 Pixel-Kodierung / 267 \\
+ C.7.4 Gepackte Kodierung / 269 \\
+ C.8 Anmerkungen zu METflFONT / 270 \\
+ D LaTeX-Erg{\"a}nzungen / 273 \\
+ D.1 Der deutsche TEX-Befehlszusatz / 273 \\
+ D.1.1 Die Umlaute und das {\ss} / 274 \\
+ D.1.2 Trennhilfen / 274 \\
+ D.1.3 Aufhebung von Ligaturen / 275 \\
+ D.1.4 Deutsche Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\
+ D.1.5 Franz{\"o}sische Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen / 275 \\
+ D.1.6 Sprachumschaltung / 276 \\
+ D.1.7 Umschaltung auf das TeX-Original / 276 \\
+ D.1.8 Der Aufruf des german.sty Files / 277 \\
+ D.2 Der german.sty File / 278 \\
+ D.2.1 Strukturbeschreibung des german.sty Files / 278
+ \\
+ D.2.2 Anpassung der LaTeX .sty Files an den german.sty
+ File / 281 \\
+ D.2.3 Die Kombination der letter.sty und german.sty
+ Files / 283 \\
+ D.3 Weitere LaTeX Erg{\"a}nzungen / 285 \\
+ Literaturverzeichnis / 287 \\
+ Befehlsindex / 289 \\
+ Kurzbeschreibung der LaTeX-Befehle / 289 \\
+ Zusammenfassende Tabellen und Diagramme / 332 \\
+ Verbotene TeX-Befehle 339",
}
@Book{Kopka:1990:LEE,
@@ -10043,13 +11744,31 @@
Beginners and Advanced Users",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
+ pages = "xvi + 436",
year = "1993",
ISBN = "0-201-56889-6",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-56889-9",
- bibdate = "Thu Jan 20 12:34:31 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 K66 1993",
+ bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 14:19:35 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$34.50",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+ 2: Commands and Environments \\
+ 3: Document and Page Styles \\
+ 4: Displayed Text \\
+ 5: Mathematical Formulas \\
+ 6: Pictures \\
+ 7: User-Defined Structures \\
+ 8: Advanced Features \\
+ 9: Error Messages \\
+ A: Letters \\
+ B: Bibliographic Data Bases \\
+ C: \SliTeX{} \\
+ D: \LaTeX{} Extensions \\
+ E: Character Fonts \\
+ F: Command Summary",
}
@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE,
@@ -10069,7 +11788,7 @@
@Book{Kopka:1995:GDP,
author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
- title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for
+ title = "A Guide to {\LaTeX}2e: Document Preparation for
Beginners and Advanced Users",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
@@ -10080,8 +11799,16 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-42777-6",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 K66 1995",
bibdate = "Thu May 25 15:18:31 1995",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$37.61",
+ abstract = "If you are a user with little or no experience of
+ computers or text formatting and you want to master
+ \LaTeX{} to produce documents of high quality, this is
+ the book for you. Fully revised to cover both \LaTeX{}
+ 2.09 and the latest version \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $,
+ this tutorial contains an exciting new text design that
+ makes it even more accessible than before.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@@ -10347,10 +12074,12 @@
year = "1990",
ISBN = "0-201-51141-X",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-51141-3",
- bibdate = "Wed Apr 19 10:42:04 1995",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 K75 1990",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
note = "English translation of \cite{Schwarz:1988:ET}. See
also the Dutch translation, \cite{Schwarz:1990:IT}.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@InProceedings{Kroenert:1990:IIS,
@@ -10519,8 +12248,8 @@
@Book{Lamport:1994:LDP,
author = "Leslie Lamport",
- title = "{\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide
- and Reference Manual",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's
+ Guide and Reference Manual",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
edition = "Second",
@@ -10529,10 +12258,73 @@
ISBN = "0-201-52983-1",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-52983-8",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38L35 1994",
- bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 09:39:20 1998",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
- note = "Reprinted with corrections in 1996.",
+ bibdate = "Wed Aug 10 09:55:59 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ abstract = "LaTeX is a software system for typesetting documents.
+ Because it is especially good for technical documents
+ and is available for almost any computer system, LaTeX
+ has become a lingua franca of the scientific world.
+ Researchers, educators, and students in universities,
+ as well as scientists in industry, use LaTeX to produce
+ professionally formatted papers, proposals, and books.
+ They also use LaTeX input to communicate information
+ electronically to their colleagues around the world.
+ With the release of LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, the new
+ standard version, LaTeX has become even more powerful.
+ Among its new features are an improved method for
+ handling different styles of type, and commands for
+ including graphics and producing colors. LaTeX $
+ 2_\epsilon $ makes available to all LaTeX users
+ valuable enhancements to the software that have been
+ developed over the years by users in many different
+ places to satisfy a variety of needs. This book,
+ written by the original architect and implementer of
+ LaTeX is both the user's guide and the reference manual
+ for the software. It has been updated to reflect the
+ changes in the new release. The book begins with
+ instructions for formatting simpler text, and
+ progressively describes commands and techniques for
+ handling larger and more complicated documents. A
+ separate chapter explains how to deal with errors. An
+ added appendix describes what is new and different in
+ LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $. Other additions to the second
+ edition include descriptions of new commands for
+ inserting pictures prepared with other programs and for
+ producing colored output; new sections on how to make
+ books and slides; instructions for making an index with
+ the MakeIndex program, and an updated guide to
+ preparing a bibliography with the BibTeX program; plus
+ a section on how to send your LaTeX documents
+ electronically. Users new to LaTeX will find here a
+ book that has earned worldwide praise as a model for
+ clear, concise, and practical documentation.
+ Experienced users will want to update their LaTeX
+ library. Although most standard LaTeX input files will
+ work with LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $, to take advantage of
+ the new features, a few LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $
+ conventions must first be learned. For users who want
+ an advanced guide to LaTeX $ 2_\epsilon $ and to more
+ than 150 packages that can now be used at any site to
+ provide additional features, a useful companion to this
+ book is \booktitle{The LaTeX Companion}, by Goossens,
+ Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by
+ Addison-Wesley).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Getting Acquainted \\
+ 2: Getting Started \\
+ 3: Carrying On \\
+ 4: Moving Information Around \\
+ 5: Other Document Classes \\
+ 6: Designing It Yourself \\
+ 7: Pictures and Colors \\
+ 8: Errors \\
+ Appendix A: Using MakeIndex \\
+ Appendix B: The Bibliography Database \\
+ Appendix C: Reference Manual \\
+ Appendix D: What's New \\
+ Appendix E: Using Plain TeX Commands",
}
@Book{Lamport:1995:DLH,
@@ -10778,7 +12570,7 @@
@Book{Level:2000:PTF,
author = "Jeff Level and Bruce Newman and Brenda Newman",
- title = "Precision type font reference guide, version 5.0",
+ title = "Precision Type Font Reference Guide, Version 5.0",
publisher = pub-HARTLEY-MARKS,
address = pub-HARTLEY-MARKS:adr,
pages = "xxv + 653",
@@ -10785,9 +12577,11 @@
year = "2000",
ISBN = "0-88179-182-2",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-182-2",
- LCCN = "",
+ LCCN = "Z250.7 .P74 2000",
bibdate = "Thu Apr 12 10:59:49 2001",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/font.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
note = "Republication of \cite{Level:1995:PTF}.",
price = "US\$39.95, CDN\$59.95",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
@@ -10995,19 +12789,305 @@
@Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV,
author = "Bernice Sacks Lipkin",
- title = "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a vade mecum",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} for {Linux}: a Vade Mecum",
publisher = pub-SV,
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xxxi + 568",
year = "1999",
- ISBN = "0-387-98708-8 (softcover)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-98708-8 (softcover)",
- LCCN = "Z 253.4 L38 L56 1999",
+ ISBN = "0-387-98708-8 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-98708-8 (paperback)",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4 L38 L56 1999",
bibdate = "Thu Sep 21 10:27:12 2000",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/linux.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
price = "US\$49.95",
+ abstract = "\booktitle{LaTeX for Linux} is a comprehensive
+ introduction and guide to using LaTeX. While it is
+ directed at Linux and UNIX users, it is also a
+ first-rate how-to book on using LaTeX to prepare
+ articles, books, and theses for users of any system
+ that supports LaTeX. Unlike other LaTeX books, it is
+ especially useful for someone coming to LaTeX for the
+ first time. As Linux grows rapidly in popularity, more
+ and more people looking to take advantage of the
+ desktop publishing power of LaTeX --- included with
+ most Linux distributions --- will find LaTeX for Linux
+ a wonderful way to get started.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
keywords = "Computerized typesetting; LaTeX (Computer file)",
+ tableofcontents = "Part I: Reading {\LaTeX} / 1 \\
+ 1: What a {\LaTeX} Command Does / 3 \\
+ 2: Concepts: How {\LaTeX} Operates on Text / 7 \\
+ 2.1: Grammatical Elements / 8 \\
+ 2.2: Instructions to {\LaTeX} / 9 \\
+ 2.2.1: Commands / 10 \\
+ 2.2.2: Declarations / 11 \\
+ 2.2.3: Environments / 12 \\
+ 2.3: Basic Principles in Reading and Writing {\LaTeX}
+ Commands / 14 \\
+ 2.4: The Scope of an Instruction / 15 \\
+ 2.5: {\LaTeX} Conventions / 17 \\
+ 3: Document Classes / 21 \\
+ 3.1: {\LaTeX}'s Style of Styling Styles / 21 \\
+ 3.2: Format of a Very Simple {\LaTeX} File / 23 \\
+ 3.3: {\LaTeX}-defined Classes / 23 \\
+ 3.4: Slides / 24 \\
+ 3.5: Letters / 25 \\
+ 3.6: Articles / 29 \\
+ 3.7: Reports / 30 \\
+ 3.8: Books / 30 \\
+ 3.9: Document Class Options / 32 \\
+ 3.10: TOC Option / 36 \\
+ Part II: Preparatory Tasks / 37 \\
+ 4: Constructing practice.tex, a Practice File / 39 \\
+ 5: Setting Emacs Keys for Common Constructions / 45 \\
+ 5.1: Writing in Emacs / 45 \\
+ 5.2: A Font Shape Template / 46 \\
+ 5.3: A List Template / 48 \\
+ 5.4: A Verbatim Template / 51 \\
+ 5.5: A Macro Template / 52 \\
+ 5.6: A Logo Template / 53 \\
+ 6: Viewing and Printing Marked Up Files / 55 \\
+ 7: Dealing with Errors / 59 \\
+ 7.1: Real Errors / 60 \\
+ 7.2: Overfull and Underfull Lines and Pages / 64 \\
+ 7.2.1: The overfull line / 64 \\
+ 7.2.2: The underfull line / 67 \\
+ 7.2.3: The overfull page / 67 \\
+ 7.2.4: The underfull page / 68 \\
+ 7.2.5: Other alerts / 68 \\
+ Part III: Writing {\LaTeX} / 71 \\
+ 8: {\LaTeX}-Reserved Single-Character Commands / 73 \\
+ 8.1: Single-Character Command Symbols / 73 \\
+ 8.2: Writing Special Symbols As Ordinary Text / 75 \\
+ 8.3: Writing Aliases For Single Character Commands / 77
+ \\
+ 8.4: Meta Level Mimicking Of Text Commands / 78 \\
+ 9: Single-Word Instructions / 81 \\
+ 9.1: Font Features / 81 \\
+ 9.2: Commands / 83 \\
+ 9.2.1: The {\LaTeX} repertoire of commands / 84 \\
+ 9.2.2: User-created new commands / 87 \\
+ 9.3: Declarations / 88 \\
+ 9.4: Environments / 89 \\
+ 9.4.1: Using an environment whose name is a defined
+ declaration / 90 \\
+ 9.4.2: Constructing an environment from an existing
+ environment / 91 \\
+ 9.4.3: Creating environments from scratch / 92 \\
+ 9.4.4: Trouble spots in creating a new environment / 93
+ \\
+ 10: Newcommands and Macros / 95 \\
+ 10.1: What a Macro Is / 95 \\
+ 10.2: Exact Substitution / 95 \\
+ 10.3: PlaceHolder Substitution / 96 \\
+ 10.3.1: Composing the macro / 97 \\
+ 10.3.2: Using the macro / 98 \\
+ 10.3.3: Revising a macro definition / 99 \\
+ 10.4: Using {\LaTeX} Instructions in the Macro / 99 \\
+ 10.4.1: Commands in the macro argument / 99 \\
+ 10.4.2: Declarations in the macro argument / 100 \\
+ 10.4.3: Environments and macros / 101 \\
+ 10.5: Incorporating a Macro in a Macro / 103 \\
+ 10.6: The Complete Newcommand Format / 104 \\
+ 10.7: Trouble Spots in Writing Macros / 107 \\
+ 10.8: The Complete Newenvironment Format / 108 \\
+ Part IV: Formatting in Text Mode / 111 \\
+ 11: Fonts / 115 \\
+ 11.1: Font Terminology / 116 \\
+ 11.2: Commands/Declarations That Control Font Features
+ / 118 \\
+ 11.2.1: Manipulating font family, series and shapes /
+ 118 \\
+ 11.2.2: Font sizes / 121 \\
+ 11.2.3: Changing both font size and type style / 123
+ \\
+ 11.3: Naming Conventions for Fonts / 123 \\
+ 11.3.1: Classic TEX fonts / 123 \\
+ 11.3.2: Using NFSS to classify names / 125 \\
+ 11.3.3: Fonts supplied with {\LaTeX} / 130 \\
+ 11.4: The Directory Structure for Storing Fonts / 133
+ \\
+ 11.5: To Load a New Font / 134 \\
+ 11.5.1: Why load yet another font? / 134 \\
+ 11.5.2: To change the main font family for the entire
+ document / 135 \\
+ 11.5.3: To load an additional font from NFSS
+ descriptors / 139 \\
+ 11.5.4: The main font and the selectfont font / 145 \\
+ 11.5.5: Behind the scenes in loading and using a font /
+ 146 \\
+ 12: Accents, Dingbats, Standard and Nonstandard Codes /
+ 157 \\
+ 12.1: The Fonts on Disk / 159 \\
+ 12.1.1: Naming font files / 159 \\
+ 12.1.2: Directory names / 160 \\
+ 12.1.3: To view and use a font table / 161 \\
+ 12.2: The Standard ASCII Codes / 164 \\
+ 12.2.1: Built-In letter accents / 167 \\
+ 12.2.2: Trademarks and registries / 168 \\
+ 12.3: Nonstandard Coding Tables / 170 \\
+ 12.3.1: Dingbats / 172 \\
+ 12.3.2: Saint Mary Road symbol fonts / 174 \\
+ 12.3.3: European Computer Modern text fonts / 177 \\
+ 12.3.4: text companion symbols / 178 \\
+ 12.3.5: Math symbol fonts / 179 \\
+ 12.3.6: wasy symbol fonts / 181 \\
+ 12.4: Nonstandard Sizes: Banners, Posters And Spreads /
+ 182 \\
+ 13: Manipulating Space / 195 \\
+ 13.1: Adding a Small Amount of Space Between
+ Characters/Words / 195 \\
+ 13.2: Adding Significant Space Between Words / 197 \\
+ 13.3: Adding Space Between Sentences / 200 \\
+ 13.4: Adding Space Between Two Lines / 201 \\
+ 13.4.1: Using \\ [length] / 201 \\
+ 13.4.2: Using the \vspace command / 202 \\
+ 13.4.3: Using fixed size vertical skips / 203 \\
+ 13.4.4: Filling vertical space up to what's needed /
+ 204 \\
+ 13.4.5: The /par command / 205 \\
+ 13.5: Changing the Permanent Spacing Between Lines /
+ 205 \\
+ 13.6: Adding a Blank Line Between Paragraphs / 205 \\
+ 13.7: Adding Permanent Space Between Paragraphs / 206
+ \\
+ 13.8: Double Spacing a Draft Copy / 206 \\
+ 14: Lists / 209 \\
+ 14.1: The Itemize List / 210 \\
+ 14.2: The Enumerate List / 212 \\
+ 14.3: The Description List / 214 \\
+ 14.4: Other Description List Styles / 216 \\
+ 14.5: The Trivlist Environment / 219 \\
+ 15: Aligning and Indenting Text / 221 \\
+ 15.1: Aligning the Text Horizontally / 221 \\
+ 15.2: Raising Text / 223 \\
+ 15.3: Outdenting / 224 \\
+ 15.4: Breaking Single Lines on the Right / 225 \\
+ 15.5: Creating an Outline / 226 \\
+ 15.6: Using Displayed Paragraph Formats / 228 \\
+ 15.6.1: Quotation and quote environments / 228 \\
+ 15.6.2: Verse environment / 229 \\
+ 15.6.3: Center environment / 230 \\
+ 15.6.4: An ordinary description list / 231 \\
+ 15.7: Simple Paragraph Indenting / 232 \\
+ 15.8: Controlling the Degree of Indentation / 232 \\
+ 16: Floating Objects / 237 \\
+ 16.1.1: General format / 237 \\
+ 16.1.2: Usage / 239 \\
+ 16.1.3: Subfigures / 242 \\
+ 16.1.4: Working text around a figure / 243 \\
+ 16.1.5: Creating new float styles / 250 \\
+ 16.1.6: Captions / 251 \\
+ 16.2: Marginal Notes / 252 \\
+ 16.3.1: Tabs / 254 \\
+ 16.3.2: The tabular environment / 258 \\
+ 16.3.3: Floats and multiple columns / 270 \\
+ 17.1: Footnotes in Text / 273 \\
+ 17.1.1: Footnote syntax in text / 274 \\
+ 17.1.2: Shifting between numbers and symbols / 275 \\
+ 17.1.3: Numbering by symbol / 275 \\
+ 17.1.4: Resetting the counter / 276 \\
+ 17.1.5: Examples of numbering styles / 277 \\
+ 17.2: Footnotes in a Minipage / 279 \\
+ 17.2.1: Minipage footnotes with independent numbering /
+ 279 \\
+ 17.2.2: Blending minipage and text footnotes / 281 \\
+ 17.3: Changing Footnote Style / 284 \\
+ 17.4: Footnote Modification Packages / 285 \\
+ 18: Cross-Referencing / 287 \\
+ 18.1: Referencing Numbered {\LaTeX} Objects / 287 \\
+ 18.2: Page References / 289 \\
+ 18.3: Referencing Footnotes / 290 \\
+ 18.4: Positioning the Label / 291 \\
+ 18.4.1: The {\LaTeX} object is stylized / 291 \\
+ 18.4.2: The {\LaTeX} object is not stylized / 292 \\
+ 19: Literal Text and Silent Text / 295 \\
+ 19.1: Verbatim Text / 295 \\
+ 19.2: Writing Notes To Yourself / 299 \\
+ 19.2.1: Using the \% / 299 \\
+ 19.2.2: Invisible reminders / 299 \\
+ 19.2.3: Visible reminders / 300 \\
+ 19.2.4: The {\LaTeX} /typeout and /typein commands /
+ 301 \\
+ Part V: Formatting in Math Mode / 303 \\
+ 20: Math Symbols, Alphabets and Grammar / 305 \\
+ 20.1: Built-in Symbols / 306 \\
+ 20.1.1: Greek letters, booleans, integrals and sums /
+ 306 \\
+ 20.1.2: Some common mathematical operators / 307 \\
+ 20.1.3: Math accents / 308 \\
+ 20.1.4: Adding ordinary text in math mode / 309 \\
+ 20.2: Modifying the Appearance of Equations / 310 \\
+ 20.2.1: Changing math type style / 310 \\
+ 20.2.2: Space wedges / 312 \\
+ 20.2.3: Size / 313 \\
+ 20.2.4: Creating a New Math Alphabet Command Name / 315
+ \\
+ 20.2.5: Adding Math Symbols / 318 \\
+ 20.3: Writing, Protecting and Revising Math Macros /
+ 320 \\
+ 20.3.1: Writing a math macro / 320 \\
+ 20.3.2: Redefining the math macro / 321 \\
+ 20.4: Lemmas, Axioms and Conjectures / 322 \\
+ 21: Single Line Math Modes / 325 \\
+ 21.1: Unnumbered Equation in Running Text / 325 \\
+ 21.2: displaymath for a Single Unnumbered Equation /
+ 326 \\
+ 21.3: A Numbered Equation on a Separate Line / 327 \\
+ 22: Arrays: Multi-Line Math Mode / 329 \\
+ 22.1: Creating an Array / 329 \\
+ Part VI: Formatting in Box Mode / 337 \\
+ 23: Box Mode / 339 \\
+ 23.1: The Single Line Box: \makebox, \framebox / 340
+ \\
+ 23.1.1: The \makebox and \mbox commands / 340 \\
+ 23.1.2: \framebox and \fbox commands / 341 \\
+ 23.1.3: Changing the appearance of the frame / 342 \\
+ 23.1.4: Fancy frames / 344 \\
+ 23.2: The Paragraph Box: Parboxes and Minipages / 345
+ \\
+ 23.2.1: The parbox / 345 \\
+ 23.2.2: The minipage environment / 348 \\
+ 23.2.3: Framing the minipage / 354 \\
+ 23.3: The Inked Rectangle: The Rulebox / 356 \\
+ 23.3.1: Solid boxes / 356 \\
+ 23.3.2: Struts / 358 \\
+ 23.4: Sizing the Box in Relative Terms / 358 \\
+ 23.5: Saving Designs / 362 \\
+ Part VII: Enhancements to the Text / 369 \\
+ 24: Creating Pictures and Graphics / 371 \\
+ 24.1: Creating Pictures in {\LaTeX} / 371 \\
+ 24.1.1: Positioning the picture / 372 \\
+ 24.1.2: Picture commands / 372 \\
+ 24.1.3: Additional graphics packages / 374 \\
+ 24.2: The xv Package / 376 \\
+ 24.3: The XFig Package / 379 \\
+ 24.4: The XPaint Package / 382 \\
+ 24.5: ImageMagick / 382 \\
+ 24.6: GIMP / 386 \\
+ 24.7: Packages for Ready Money / 388 \\
+ 25: Inserting Completed Pictures and Graphics / 391 \\
+ 25.1: Step 1: Linking the Printer Driver and graphicx /
+ 392 \\
+ 25.2: Step 2: Size Information in the EPS File / 393
+ \\
+ 25.2.1: The BoundingBox / 394 \\
+ 25.2.2: The calc package / 396 \\
+ 25.3: Step 3: Using the /includegraphics Command / 398
+ \\
+ 25.4: //includegraphics Options / 401 \\
+ 25.4.1: Resetting the BoundingBox / 402 \\
+ 25.4.2: viewport: resetting the part of the picture to
+ exhibit / 403 \\
+ 25.4.3: Resetting exhibition width / 403 \\
+ 25.4.4: Resetting exhibition height / 404 \\
+ 25.4.5: Scaling: another way to reset size / 404 \\
+ 25.4.6: Resetting exhibition orientation / 405 \\
+ 25.4.7: The interaction between size and orientation /
+ 408",
}
@Book{Liu:2013:LRM,
@@ -11311,19 +13391,110 @@
@Book{Maor:1994:SN,
author = "Eli Maor",
- title = "{e}: The Story of a Number",
- publisher = pub-PUP,
- address = pub-PUP:adr,
+ title = "$e$: The Story of a Number",
+ publisher = pub-PRINCETON,
+ address = pub-PRINCETON:adr,
pages = "xiv + 223",
year = "1994",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400832347",
ISBN = "0-691-03390-0",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-691-03390-7",
LCCN = "QA247.5.M33 1994",
bibdate = "Thu Sep 08 11:13:04 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sigact.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
note = "This book chronicles the story of the ultimate version
number of {\MF}.",
+ URL = "http://www-gap.dcs.st-and.ac.uk/~history/HistTopics/e.html",
+ abstract = "The story of $ \pi $ has been told many times, both in
+ scholarly works and in popular books. But its close
+ relative, the number $e$, has fared less well: despite
+ the central role it plays in mathematics, its history
+ has never before been written for a general audience.
+ The present work fills this gap. Geared to the reader
+ with only a modest background in mathematics, the book
+ describes the story of $e$ from a human as well as a
+ mathematical perspective. In a sense, it is the story
+ of an entire period in the history of mathematics, from
+ the early seventeenth to the late nineteenth century,
+ with the invention of calculus at its center. Many of
+ the players who took part in this story are here
+ brought to life. Among them are John Napier, the
+ eccentric religious activist who invented logarithms
+ and --- unknowingly --- came within a hair's breadth of
+ discovering $e$; William Oughtred, the inventor of the
+ slide rule, who lived a frugal and unhealthful life and
+ died at the age of 86, reportedly of joy when hearing
+ of the restoration of King Charles II to the throne of
+ England; Newton and his bitter priority dispute with
+ Leibniz over the invention of the calculus, a conflict
+ that impeded British mathematics for more than a
+ century; and Jacob Bernoulli, who asked that a
+ logarithmic spiral be engraved on his tombstone but a
+ linear spiral was engraved instead! The unifying theme
+ throughout the book is the idea that a single number
+ can tie together so many different aspects of
+ mathematics --- from the law of compound interest to
+ the shape of a hanging chain, from the area under a
+ hyperbola to Euler's famous formula $ e^{i \pi } = -
+ 1$, from the inner structure of a nautilus shell to
+ Bach's equal-tempered scale and to the art of M.C.
+ Escher. The book ends with an account of the discovery
+ of transcendental numbers, an event that paved the way
+ for Cantor's revolutionary ideas about infinity. No
+ knowledge of calculus is assumed, and the few places
+ where calculus is used are fully explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not in my library.",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface / xi \\
+ 1. John Napier, 1614 / 3 \\
+ 2. Recognition / 11 \\
+ Computing with Logarithms / 18 3. Financial Matters /
+ 23 \\
+ 4. To the Limit, If It Exists / 28 \\
+ Some Curious Numbers Related to $e$ / 37 \\
+ 5. Forefathers of the Calculus / 40 \\
+ 6. Prelude to Breakthrough / 49 \\
+ Indivisibles at Work / 56 \\
+ 7. Squaring the Hyperbola / 58 \\
+ 8. The Birth of a New Science / 70 \\
+ 9. The Great Controversy / 83 \\
+ The Evolution of a Notation / 95 \\
+ 10. $e^x$: The Function That Equals its Own Derivative
+ / 98 \\
+ The Parachutist / 109 \\
+ Can Perceptions be Quantified? / 111 \\
+ 11. $e^\theta$: Spira Mirabilis / 114 \\
+ A Historic Meeting between J. S. Bach and Johann
+ Bernoulli / 129 \\
+ The Logarithmic Spiral in Art and Nature / 134 \\
+ 12. $(e^x + e^{-x})/2$: The Hanging Chain / 140 \\
+ Remarkable Analogies / 147 \\
+ Some Interesting Formulas Involving $e$ / 151 \\
+ 13. $e^{i x}$: ``The Most Famous of All Formulas'' /
+ 153 \\
+ A Curious Episode in the History of $e$ / 162 \\
+ 14. $e^{x + i y}$: The Imaginary Becomes Real / 164 \\
+ 15. But What Kind of Number Is It? / 183 \\
+ Appendix 1. Some Additional Remarks on Napier's
+ Logarithms / 195 \\
+ Appendix 2. The Existence of $\lim (1 + 1/n)^n$ as $n
+ \to \infty$ / 197 \\
+ Appendix 3. A Heuristic Derivation of the Fundamental
+ Theorem of Calculus / 200 \\
+ Appendix 4. The Inverse Relation between $\lim (b^h -
+ 1) / h = 1$ and $\lim (1 + h)^{1 / h} = b$ as $h \to 0$
+ / 202 \\
+ Appendix 5. An Alternative Definition of the
+ Logarithmic Function / 203 \\
+ Appendix 6. Two Properties of the Logarithmic Spiral /
+ 205 \\
+ Appendix 7. Interpretation of the Parameter $\phi$ in
+ the Hyperbolic Functions / 208 \\
+ Appendix 8. $e$ to One Hundred Decimal Places / 211 \\
+ Bibliography / 213 \\
+ Index / 217",
}
@Misc{Maranget:1998:HLH,
@@ -12861,7 +15032,7 @@
@Book{Reid:1988:PLP,
author = "Glenn C. Reid",
- title = "{\POSTSCRIPT} Language Program Design",
+ title = "{PostScript} Language Program Design",
publisher = pub-AW,
address = pub-AW:adr,
pages = "xii + 224",
@@ -12869,8 +15040,199 @@
ISBN = "0-201-14396-8",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-14396-6",
LCCN = "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988",
- bibdate = "Tue Dec 14 23:17:57 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ price = "US\$22.95",
+ URL = "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "PostScript (computer program language)",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+ The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\
+ Introduction / 1 \\
+ The Language Model / 2 \\
+ Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\
+ Stacks / 4 \\
+ Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\
+ The Imaging Model / 5 \\
+ Coordinate Systems / 6 \\
+ Paths and Paint / 7 \\
+ Fonts / 7 \\
+ Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\
+ Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\
+ The Execution Model / 11 \\
+ Introduction / 11 \\
+ The Printing Job Model / 11 \\
+ The Operand Stack / 13 \\
+ Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\
+ The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\
+ The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\
+ Dictionary Objects / 17 \\
+ Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\
+ Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\
+ The Bind Operator / 21 \\
+ The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\
+ Recognition of Objects / 24 \\
+ Procedures / 25 \\
+ Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\
+ The Execution Stack / 32 \\
+ The Server Loop / 34 \\
+ The Imaging Model / 37 \\
+ Introduction / 37 \\
+ Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\
+ Construction of Paths / 40 \\
+ The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\
+ Painting Operations / 42 \\
+ What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\
+ Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\
+ Rectangles / 44 \\
+ Circles and Arcs / 46 \\
+ Arrowheads / 46 \\
+ Text Operations / 49 \\
+ Character Widths / 51 \\
+ Clipping / 53 \\
+ Complexity and Performance / 53 \\
+ Rasterization / 54 \\
+ Save and Restore / 54 \\
+ The Font Cache / 55 \\
+ Emulators and Translators / 57 \\
+ Introduction / 57 \\
+ Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\
+ The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\
+ Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\
+ Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\
+ Units / 68 \\
+ Fonts / 69 \\
+ Font Differences / 69 \\
+ Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\
+ Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\
+ Rendering / 72 \\
+ Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\
+ Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\
+ Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\
+ Introduction / 77 \\
+ Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\
+ Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\
+ Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\
+ Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\
+ Efficiency / 81 \\
+ Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\
+ Computation / 83 \\
+ Interpretation Time / 85 \\
+ Program Structure / 87 \\
+ Introduction / 87 \\
+ The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\
+ Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\
+ Ground State / 90 \\
+ The Operand Stack / 92 \\
+ Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\
+ Save and Restore / 93 \\
+ Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\
+ Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\
+ The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\
+ Introduction / 99 \\
+ Character Widths / 100 \\
+ Margins and Justification / 102 \\
+ Justification / 104 \\
+ Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\
+ Leading and Point Size / 108 \\
+ Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\
+ Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\
+ Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\
+ Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\
+ Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\
+ Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\
+ Introduction / 123 \\
+ The Image Operator / 123 \\
+ How It Works / 124 \\
+ The Image Matrix / 124 \\
+ Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\
+ Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+ Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+ A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\
+ Synthetic Data / 129 \\
+ Data Compression / 131 \\
+ Halftone Screens / 131 \\
+ Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\
+ Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\
+ The Spot Function / 134 \\
+ Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\
+ Introduction / 137 \\
+ Pattern Fills / 137 \\
+ Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\
+ Grids / 146 \\
+ Transformation Matrices / 149 \\
+ Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\
+ Color and Color Separations / 151 \\
+ Color Separations / 152 \\
+ Spot Color / 154 \\
+ File Interchange Standards / 157 \\
+ Introduction / 157 \\
+ Conforming Documents / 157 \\
+ Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\
+ Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\
+ Printer Queries / 162 \\
+ Conditional Execution / 163 \\
+ Font Availability / 164 \\
+ Putting it All Together / 165 \\
+ Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\
+ Introduction / 167 \\
+ Using Existing Context / 168 \\
+ Error Recovery / 169 \\
+ Handling showpage / 170 \\
+ Screen Representations / 171 \\
+ Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\
+ Introduction / 173 \\
+ Printer Management / 174 \\
+ Communications / 174 \\
+ Messages / 175 \\
+ Using exitserver / 176 \\
+ Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\
+ DocumentFonts / 178 \\
+ IncludeFont / 179 \\
+ BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\
+ Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\
+ Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\
+ Printer Description Files / 183 \\
+ Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\
+ Memory Structure / 185 \\
+ Memory Allocation / 186 \\
+ Save and Restore / 187 \\
+ Save Objects / 187 \\
+ The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\
+ Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\
+ Packed Arrays / 190 \\
+ Raster Memory / 191 \\
+ File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\
+ PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\
+ The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\
+ Error Handling / 197 \\
+ Introduction / 197 \\
+ Strategies / 197 \\
+ Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\
+ Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\
+ The Stopped Operator / 199 \\
+ The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\
+ Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\
+ Handling Error Messages / 206 \\
+ Debugging Techniques / 207 \\
+ Introduction / 207 \\
+ Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\
+ Serial Communications / 208 \\
+ Parallel Communications / 209 \\
+ Packet Network Communications / 209 \\
+ Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\
+ Error: undefined / 210 \\
+ Error: typecheck / 211 \\
+ Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\
+ Stack Traces / 214 \\
+ Interactive Techniques / 214 \\
+ Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\
+ Debugging Messages / 216 \\
+ Error Handler / 217 \\
+ Index / 221",
}
@Article{Revesz:1991:TOM,
@@ -13643,14 +16005,184 @@
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xii + 282",
year = "1991",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8654-2",
ISBN = "0-387-97562-4, 3-540-97562-4",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-97562-7, 978-3-540-97562-5",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S47 1991",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 22 09:17:14 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Sun Mar 27 19:05:51 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
note = "This is a translation and adaption by Silvio Levy of
\cite{Seroul:1989:PLT}.",
+ abstract = "This book is a friendly introduction to \TeX{}, the
+ powerful typesetting system designed by Donald Knuth.
+ It is addressed primarily to beginners, but it contains
+ much information that will be useful to aspiring \TeX{}
+ ``wizards''. Moreover, the authors kept firmly in mind
+ the diversity of backgrounds that characterizes \TeX{}
+ users: authors in the sciences and in the humanities,
+ secretaries, technical typists . The book contains a
+ careful explanation of all fundamental concepts and
+ commands, but also a wealth of commented examples and
+ ``tricks'' based on the authors' long experience with
+ \TeX{}. The attentive reader will quickly be able to
+ create a table, or customize the appearance of the
+ page, or code even the most complicated formula. The
+ last third of the book is devoted to a
+ Dictionary/Index, summarizing all the material in the
+ text and going into greater depth in many areas.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ shorttableofcontents = "What is TeX? \\
+ The characters of TeX \\
+ Groups and modes \\
+ The fonts TeX uses \\
+ Spacing, glue and springs \\
+ Paragraphs \\
+ Page layout \\
+ Boxes \\
+ Alignments \\
+ Tabbing \\
+ Typesetting mathematics \\
+ TeX programming \\
+ Dictionary and index",
+ tableofcontents = "1: What is \TeX{} \\
+ 1.1 The birth of \TeX{} \\
+ 1.2 How \TeX{} works \\
+ 1.3 The good news and bad news about \TeX{} \\
+ 1.4 \TeX{} who and what for? \\
+ 1.5 \TeX{} processing: an overview \\
+ 1.6 Looking ahead \\
+ 1.7 Creating a master file \\
+ 1.8 Error messages \\
+ 2: The characters of \TeX{} \\
+ 2.1 Characters that are special to \TeX{} \\
+ 2.2 Quotes \\
+ 2.3 Ligatures and special characters \\
+ 2.4 Accents \\
+ 2.5 Two exercises \\
+ 3: Groups and modes \\
+ 3.1 Groups \\
+ 3.2 Modes \\
+ 3.3 For the aspiring wizard \\
+ 4: The fonts \TeX{} uses \\
+ 4.1 \TeX{}'s fonts \\
+ 4.2 Preloaded fonts \\
+ 4.3 Loading other fonts \\
+ 4.4 A cornucopia of fonts \\
+ 4.5 Scaling of fonts \\
+ 4.6 Global scaling \\
+ 4.7 For the aspiring wizard \\
+ 4.8 Exercise \\
+ 5: Spacing, glue and springs \\
+ 5.1 Horizontal spacing \\
+ 5.2 Vertical spacing \\
+ 5.3 Glue, or, spaces that stretch and shrink \\
+ 5.4 Springs \\
+ 5.5 Spacing and breaks \\
+ 5.6 Summary of basic spacing commands \\
+ 5.7 Spacing between paragraphs \\
+ 5.8 More spring like creatures \\
+ 5.9 Leaders in their full glory \\
+ 5.10 For the experienced user \\
+ 5.11 Examples \\
+ 6: Paragraphs \\
+ 6.1 Beginning and ending a paragraph \\
+ 6.2 What's in a paragraph? \\
+ 6.3 Automatic indentation \\
+ 6.4 Obeying lines \\
+ 6.5 Left and right margins \\
+ 6.6 Ragged margins \\
+ 6.7 Quotations \\
+ 6.8 Centering text \\
+ 6.9 Series of items \\
+ 6.10 More on hanging indentation \\
+ 6.11 Paragraphs with fancy shapes \\
+ 6.12 Footnotes \\
+ 6.13 Two new macros for the aspiring wizard \\
+ 7: Page layout \\
+ 7.1 Page layout in plain \TeX{} \\
+ 7.2 A more elaborate layout \\
+ 7.3 The title page \\
+ 7.4 Starting a fresh page and leaving a blank page \\
+ 7.5 Placing a title \\
+ 7.6 Choosing line and page breaks by hand \\
+ 7.7 Floats \\
+ 7.8 A complete example \\
+ 7.9 Penalties: or, the carrot and the stick \\
+ 8: Boxes \\
+ 8.1 What is a box? \\
+ 8.2 Putting boxes together \\
+ 8.3 What goes in a box? \\
+ 8.4 Creating a box: summary \\
+ 8.5 Storing a box \\
+ 8.6 The baseline \\
+ 8.7 The dimensions of a box \\
+ 8.8 Some practical situations \\
+ 8.9 Spacing between boxes \\
+ 8.10 Rules \\
+ 8.11 More practical examples \\
+ 8.12 For the aspiring wizard \\
+ 9: Alignments \\
+ 9.1 The preamble, a.k.a. recipe \\
+ 9.2 Simple alignments \\
+ 9.3 Some practical suggestions \\
+ 9.4 Treating special cases \\
+ 9.5 Excessively wide entries \\
+ 9.6 Inserting material between rows \\
+ 9.7 Combining columns \\
+ 9.8 Aligning digits \\
+ 9.9 Horizontal rules and spacing \\
+ 9.10 Vertical rules \\
+ 9.11 Braces and tables \\
+ 9.12 Fixing the width of an alignment \\
+ 9.13 Vertical alignments \\
+ 10: Tabbing \\
+ 10.1 Setting tabs \\
+ 10.2 Centering \\
+ 10.3 Choosing column widths \\
+ 10.4 Equally spaced tabs \\
+ 10.5 Clearing tabs \\
+ 10.6 Tabs and rules \\
+ 10.7 Tabs and springs \\
+ 10.8 Typesetting code \\
+ 10.9 Tabs and alignments: a comparison \\
+ 11: Typesetting mathematics \\
+ 11.1 Generalities \\
+ 11.2 Math symbols \\
+ 11.3 Fonts in math mode \\
+ 11.4 Subscripts and superscripts \\
+ 11.5 Accents \\
+ 11.6 Spacing in math mode \\
+ 11.7 The four styles \\
+ 11.8 Function names \\
+ 11.9 Fractions \\
+ 11.10 Large operators and limits \\
+ 11.11 Radicals \\
+ 11.12 Horizontally extensible symbols \\
+ 11.13 Vertically extensible symbols \\
+ 11.14 Stacking up symbols \\
+ 11.15 Combining relations \\
+ 11.16 More custom-made symbols: limits \\
+ 11.17 Phantoms \\
+ 11.18 Displaying several formulas \\
+ 11.19 Aligning several formulas \\
+ 11.20 Labeling formulas \\
+ 11.21 Matrices \\
+ 11.22 Adjusting the spacing \\
+ 11.23 Ellipses \\
+ 11.24 Diagrams \\
+ 12: \TeX{} Programming \\
+ 12.1 Generalities \\
+ 12.2 Abbreviations and clones \\
+ 12.3 Macros with arguments \\
+ 12.4 Fine points of macro syntax \\
+ 12.5 Category codes \\
+ 12.6 Active characters \\
+ 12.7 How \TeX{} reads and stores your text \\
+ 12.8 Registers \\
+ 12.9 Conditionals \\
+ 12.10 For the aspiring wizard \\
+ 13: Dictionary and Index",
}
@Book{Sewell:1989:WPL,
@@ -13817,9 +16349,22 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-13-120973-2",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 S48 1994",
bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:36:58 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$32.00",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Fonts \\
+ Text Formatting and Lists \\
+ Formatting Pages \\
+ Math and Equations \\
+ Tables \\
+ Graphics \\
+ Large Documents \\
+ Useful Styles \\
+ Macros and Miscellaneous Tricks \\
+ Symbols Available in LaTeX \\
+ Format Parameters",
}
@Article{Siebenmann:1986:TWU,
@@ -14192,11 +16737,11 @@
@Book{Spivak:1990:JTG,
author = "Michael D. Spivak",
- title = "The Joy of {\TeX}\emdash {A} Gourmet Guide to
- Typesetting with the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
+ title = "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with
+ the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
publisher = pub-AMS,
address = pub-AMS:adr,
- edition = "2nd revised",
+ edition = "Second revised",
pages = "xxii + 309",
year = "1990",
ISBN = "0-8218-2997-1",
@@ -14203,9 +16748,79 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8218-2997-4",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990",
bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
price = "US\$40.00",
+ URL = "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex",
+ ZMnumber = "0867.68117",
+ abstract = "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical
+ material in particular and to format the output
+ according to any of various preset style
+ specifications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ remark = "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial
+ use at the CTAN URL.",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+ Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\
+ Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\
+ Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\
+ Part 1. Starters / 1 \\
+ 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\
+ Keys available on the keyboard \\
+ 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\
+ Ordinary text and control sequences \\
+ 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\
+ Changing fonts \\
+ 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\
+ Running a file through \TeX{} \\
+ 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\
+ Error messages, and how to respond to them \\
+ 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\
+ Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\
+ 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\
+ Special symbols and accents \\
+ Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\
+ 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\
+ Mathematical formulas in text \\
+ 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\
+ Displayed formulas \\
+ 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\
+ Superscripts and subscripts \\
+ 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\
+ Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\
+ 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\
+ $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\
+ 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\
+ Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\
+ 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79
+ \\
+ Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\
+ 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\
+ Roman type in formulas \\
+ 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\
+ Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display
+ \\
+ 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\
+ Breaking formulas that are too long \\
+ 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\
+ Matrices \\
+ Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\
+ 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\
+ Defining new control sequences \\
+ 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\
+ A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\
+ Appendices / 191 \\
+ A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\
+ B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\
+ C. Bibliographies / 260 \\
+ D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\
+ E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\
+ F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\
+ G. Further Fonts / 274 \\
+ H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\
+ I. Help / 282 \\
+ Index / 283",
}
@Book{Spivak:1991:LWM,
@@ -14389,16 +17004,61 @@
address = pub-SV:adr,
pages = "xxix + 510",
year = "2003",
- ISBN = "0-387-95217-9",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-95217-8",
+ ISBN = "0-387-95217-9 (paperback), 0-387-22436-X (e-book)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-387-95217-8 (paperback), 978-0-387-22436-7
+ (e-book)",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 S97 2003",
bibdate = "Thu Mar 13 18:17:25 2003",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ abstract = "The purpose of the book is to introduce new users to
+ the use of the TeX system, in particular document
+ preparation using LaTeX. It seeks to avoid the pitfalls
+ of having to search through several advanced books on
+ the subject, by collecting together the more frequently
+ required tools and presenting these in a single
+ accessible volume. It will also describe the recent
+ developments in multilingual typesetting using TeX that
+ now make it straightforward for users to prepare
+ documents in their own language and alphabet, giving
+ the book a global readership. The main presentation
+ will be independent of any particular type of computer
+ hardware, though a section will contain details of some
+ of the more popular versions of TeX for each type of
+ machine and details of where they can be downloaded on
+ the Internet from, or purchased at low cost on a
+ convenient compact disk. Topics and features:
+ multi-lingual uses of LaTeX; discussion of hardware
+ implementations; use and misuse of particular LaTeX
+ commands; some treatment of graphics; inclusion of
+ exercises with solutions; discussion of common errors;
+ inclusion of many examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
annote = "Seems to have been published in Europe with same ISBN,
- but different title: From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An
- Introduction to Digital Typography",
+ but different page count (370) and title:
+ \booktitle{From \LaTeX{} to $ \Lambda $: An
+ Introduction to Digital Typography}.",
keywords = "Lambda; Omega; Unicode",
+ tableofcontents = "Foreword / Yannis Haralambous \\
+ 1: Introduction \\
+ 2: The File Structure \\
+ 3: Fonts and Their Use \\
+ 4: Lists and Catalogs \\
+ 5: Typesetting Mathematics \\
+ 6: More on the Core \\
+ 7: Miscellaneous Packages \\
+ 8: Bibliography and Index \\
+ 9: Graphics \\
+ 10: Multilingual Typesetting \\
+ 11: To Err Is Human \\
+ 12: Installing New Type \\
+ Appendix A: Using dvips \\
+ Appendix B: Visual Editing \\
+ Appendix C: Typesetting XML \\
+ Appendix D: Web Publishing \\
+ Appendix E: New Features Introduced to $\Omega$ 1.23
+ \\
+ Appendix F: Solutions to All Exercises",
}
@TechReport{Tang:1981:PIC,
@@ -14601,8 +17261,8 @@
@Book{Trzeciak:1995:WMP,
author = "Jerzy Trzeciak",
- title = "Writing mathematical papers in {English}: a practical
- guide",
+ title = "Writing Mathematical Papers in {English}: a Practical
+ Guide",
publisher = "European Mathematical Society Publishing House,
Seminar for Applied Mathematics",
address = "Z{\"u}rich, Switzerland",
@@ -14609,8 +17269,9 @@
edition = "Revised",
pages = "49",
year = "1995",
- ISBN = "3-03719-014-0",
- ISBN-13 = "978-3-03719-014-2",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.4171/014",
+ ISBN = "3-03719-014-0, 83-85694-02-1",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-3-03719-014-2, 978-83-85694-02-1",
LCCN = "QA42 .T79 1995",
bibdate = "Mon Oct 28 16:58:40 MDT 2013",
bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
@@ -14620,6 +17281,40 @@
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
subject = "Mathematics; Authorship; Technical writing; Handbooks,
manuals, etc",
+ tableofcontents = "Part A: Phrases Used in Mathematical Texts \\
+ Abstract and introduction / 4 \\
+ Definition / 6 \\
+ Notation / 7 \\
+ Property / 8 \\
+ Assumption, condition, convention / 10 \\
+ Theorem: general remarks / 12 \\
+ Theorem: introductory phrase / 13 \\
+ Theorem: formulation / 13 \\
+ Proof: beginning / 14 \\
+ Proof: arguments / 15 \\
+ Proof: consecutive steps / 16 \\
+ Proof: ``it is sufficient to'' / 17 \\
+ Proof: ``it is easily seen that'' / 18 \\
+ Proof: conclusion and remarks / 18 \\
+ References to the literature / 19 \\
+ Acknowledgments / 20 \\
+ How to shorten the paper / 20 \\
+ Editorial correspondence / 21 \\
+ Referee's report / 21 \\
+ Part B: Selected Problems of English Grammar \\
+ Indefinite article (a, an, ---) / 23 \\
+ Definite article (the) / 24 \\
+ Article omission / 25 \\
+ Infinitive / 27 \\
+ Ing-form / 29 \\
+ Passive voice / 31 \\
+ Quantifiers / 32 \\
+ Number, quantity, size / 34 \\
+ How to avoid repetition / 38 \\
+ Word order / 40 \\
+ Where to insert a comma / 44 \\
+ Hyphenation / 46 \\
+ Some typical errors / 46 Index / 49",
}
@Book{Tschichold:1928:NTH,
@@ -15181,22 +17876,85 @@
}
@Book{vanHerwijnen:1990:PS,
- author = "Eric van Herwijnen",
+ author = "Eric {van Herwijnen}",
title = "Practical {SGML}",
publisher = pub-KLUWER,
address = pub-KLUWER:adr,
pages = "xviii + 307",
year = "1990",
- ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1",
+ DOI = "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-0687-0",
+ ISBN = "0-7923-0635-X, 0-7923-9434-8",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-7923-0635-1, 978-0-7923-9434-1",
LCCN = "QA76.73.S44 V36 1990",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Mon Oct 26 07:31:07 1998",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/sgml.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "UK\pounds24.90, US\$49.00",
- acknowledgement = ack-mc # " and " # ack-fm,
- inprint = "yes",
- review = "in " # j-TEXLINE # " 10, p. 27 and
- \cite{Poppelier:1992:BR} and
- \cite{Poppelier:1992:BRJ}",
+ abstract = "Many times there are subjects which demand further
+ explanations and guidance written about them. Such is
+ the case with SGML, the Standard Generalized Markup
+ Language; and ISO Standard published in October, 1986
+ under the number 8879. There have been many conferences
+ given on this topic, world-wide, as the interest in
+ SGML exists in Europe, the US, Australia and Japan.
+ This book is the first which contains information not
+ only on ISO 8879 itself, but many helpful hints and
+ ideas on developing SGML, applications and discussions
+ of the current software written to be conforming to the
+ ISO standard. 'Ibis book is critical for any end-user
+ and application developer to understand the many issues
+ necessary to develop SGML implementations (software
+ selection is one of the topics discussed) and SGML
+ applications. A number of examples of the applications
+ of SGML in various situations are discussed and one can
+ expect that the book will stimulate further discussion
+ of these. This book is a practical guide to various
+ components of the language and the author's experience
+ in development and working with SGML in his position as
+ leader of the text processing section at CERN ensures
+ that the guidance is based on practical first-hand
+ experience at an installation with a large number of
+ end-users of very varied experience.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "I Getting Started with SGML 1 \\
+ 1: Introduction \\
+ 2: An SGML application \\
+ document type components \\
+ 3: Creating an SGML application: method and basics \\
+ 4: Creating an SGML application: examples and summary
+ \\
+ 5: Managing SGML \\
+ II: Advanced SGML 97 \\
+ 6: Creating an SGML application: advanced concepts \\
+ 7: Advanced SGML constructs \\
+ 8: Mathematics and Graphics \\
+ III: SGML implementations 165 \\
+ 9: SGML implementations \\
+ 10: Creating SGML documents \\
+ 11: SGML and databases \\
+ 12: The CALS initiative \\
+ 13: SGML and EDI \\
+ Appendix A: Answers to the problems \\
+ A.1 Answers for Chapter 1 \\
+ A.2 Answers for Chapter 2 \\
+ A.3 Answers for Chapter 3 \\
+ A.4 Answers for Chapter 4 \\
+ A.5 Answers for Chapter 6 \\
+ A.6 Answers for Chapter 7 \\
+ A.7 Answers for Chapter 10 \\
+ Appendix B: Writing a book on SGML using SGML \\
+ B.1 Statistics \\
+ B.2 Document exchange \\
+ B.3 Bibliography for Appendix B \\
+ Appendix C: The Ericbook DTD \\
+ Appendix D: Some TeX entity definitions \\
+ Appendix E: How to read ISO 8879 \\
+ E.1 Structure of the SGML standard \\
+ E.2 Notation used in the SGML standard \\
+ E.3 Bibliography for Appendix E \\
+ Bibliography for Glossary",
}
@InProceedings{vanHuu:1985:TIS,
@@ -15652,15 +18410,50 @@
title = "Modern {\TeX} and its Applications",
publisher = pub-CRC,
address = pub-CRC:adr,
- pages = "275",
+ pages = "vii + 294",
year = "1992",
ISBN = "0-8493-4431-X",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8493-4431-2",
LCCN = "Z253.4.T47V84 1993",
bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 19:53:27 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
price = "US\$32.95",
+ abstract = "An essential new guide for \TeX{} users \TeX{} is a
+ powerful typesetting language and processing
+ environment developed by Professor Donald Knuth at
+ Stanford University in the early 1980s. Its
+ machine-independence has made it a defacto standard for
+ text processing with microcomputers throughout the
+ scientific and engineering communities. While there
+ have been several \TeX{}-based macro packages developed
+ over the years, Modern \TeX{} and its Applications
+ focuses on the original macro package designed by Knuth
+ upon which all other \TeX{} programs are based-Plain
+ \TeX{}. All of the basic topics for understanding the
+ \TeX{} user environment are covered, including fonts
+ and characters, formatting, math mode, macros, terminal
+ and file operations, tables, and foreign language
+ capabilities. A PC-compatible disk containing examples,
+ extra typefaces and even a ready-to-run restricted
+ version of \TeX{} is included with the book. Modern
+ \TeX{} and its Applications is an essential guide for
+ all scientists, engineers, technicians, and support
+ staff who prepare technical text and documents using a
+ version of \TeX{}.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Introduction \\
+ 2: Fonts and Characters \\
+ 3: Formatting \\
+ 4: Math Mode \\
+ 5: Variables, Dimensions, Glue \\
+ 6: Macros \\
+ 7: Input/Output and Extensions \\
+ 8: Modes, Rules, Boxes \\
+ 9: Tabulation and Tables \\
+ 10: Font Rotation \\
+ 11: Appendix \\
+ 12: Index",
}
@Book{Walden:1987:MFF,
@@ -15773,10 +18566,94 @@
year = "1994",
ISBN = "1-56592-051-1",
ISBN-13 = "978-1-56592-051-4",
+ LCCN = "TK5105.875.I57 M36 1994; Z253.4.T47 W34 1994",
bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/css.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ note = "Written specifically for database maintainers and
+ system administrators, this Unix-based technical guide
+ covers installing, setting up, and running Internet
+ applications such as gopher holes, FTP and telnet
+ sites, mailing lists, WAIS, and World Wide Web pages,
+ and other sites, as well as keeping them secure.",
price = "US\$29.95",
+ URL = "ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/products/catalogs/book.catalog;
+ http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9781565920514",
+ abstract = "TeX is a powerful tool for creating professional
+ quality typeset text and is unsurpassed at typesetting
+ mathematical equations, scientific text, and multiple
+ languages. Many books describe how you use TeX to
+ construct sentences, paragraphs, and chapters. Until
+ now, no book has described all the software that
+ actually lets you build, run, and use TeX to best
+ advantage on your platform. Because creating a TeX
+ document requires the use of many tools, this lack of
+ information is a serious problem for TeX users. TeX is
+ increasing in popularity, and the need for information
+ is becoming more critical. Many technical journals now
+ request that articles be submitted in TeX. TeX is also
+ playing an increasing role in the Standard Generalized
+ Markup Language (SGML) environment. TeX's portability
+ and flexibility -- not to mention the fact that it is
+ free -- are also making it the typesetting tool of
+ choice for interchange between hardware and software
+ platforms and for international exchange. Yet, despite
+ this growing interest in TeX, TeX users everywhere are
+ having to ``reinvent the wheel'' by wrestling with
+ TeX's many tools and files on their own. Making TeX
+ Workguides you through the maze of tools available in
+ the overall TeX system. Beyond the core TeX program
+ there are myriad drivers, macro packages, previewers,
+ printing programs, online documentation facilities,
+ graphics programs, and more. This book describes them
+ all. It covers:How to assemble the software you need to
+ build and install TeX on all common platforms: UNIX,
+ DOS, Macintosh, and VMS. How to get TeX and its
+ associated tools from public domain and commercial
+ sources (a complete buyer's guide). How to select and
+ use the tools that let you incorporate graphics into
+ your documents and create bibliographies, indices, and
+ other complex document elements. How to install and use
+ fonts to best advantage, including PostScript and
+ TrueType fonts and LaTeX's New Font Selection Scheme
+ (NFSS).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "Computer Communication Networks., internet (computer
+ network); Computer networks --- Management; computer
+ networks --- management; Internet (Computer network)",
+ tableofcontents = "Gopher World Wide Web \\
+ Internet service concepts \\
+ Introduction to information services \\
+ Finger-, Inetd-, and Telnet-based services \\
+ Setting up an FTP archive \\
+ The WU archive FTP daemon \\
+ Maintaining an FTP archive \\
+ Creating an Internet database server with WAIS \\
+ Creating WAIS sources with waisindex \\
+ Gopher: introduction \\
+ Gopher: compiling the server \\
+ Gopher: managing the server \\
+ Gopher: preparing information \\
+ Gopher: linking services together \\
+ Gopher: incorporating databases \\
+ Gopher: Veronica and Jughead \\
+ Gopher+ forms and other new features \\
+ Introduction to the world wide web \\
+ Setting up a web server \\
+ Authoring for the web \\
+ Web: gateways and forms \\
+ Web: access control and security \\
+ Introduction to email services \\
+ Simple mailing lists \\
+ Automating mailing lists with majordomo \\
+ The majordomo list owner and moderator \\
+ Ftpmail \\
+ Firewalls and information services \\
+ Xinetd \\
+ Legal issues \\
+ Protecting intellectual property",
}
@PhdThesis{Wang:1996:TAE,
@@ -15908,15 +18785,16 @@
@Book{White:1988:GDE,
author = "Jan V. White",
title = "Graphic Design for the Electronic Age",
- publisher = pub-WGP,
- address = pub-WGP:adr,
+ publisher = pub-WATSON-GUPTILL,
+ address = pub-WATSON-GUPTILL:adr,
pages = "xi + 211",
year = "1988",
- ISBN = "0-8230-2122-X",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-8230-2122-2",
+ ISBN = "0-8230-2121-1, 0-8230-2122-X (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-8230-2121-5, 978-0-8230-2122-2 (paperback)",
LCCN = "Z286.D47 W5 1988",
bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:59:04 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb # " and " # ack-fm,
annote = "A very good book on typography and document design;
main topics are components of larger documents.",
@@ -16235,8 +19113,9 @@
year = "1988",
ISBN = "3-89319-152-6",
ISBN-13 = "978-3-89319-152-9",
- bibdate = "Sat Mar 07 10:26:14 1998",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 15:01:56 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
note = "Reprinted in 1990 and 1991.",
series = "Addison-Wesley Kom\-pakt\-f{\"u}hr\-er",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
@@ -16474,6 +19353,7 @@
volume = "44",
number = "9",
pages = "1107--1109",
+ month = oct,
year = "1997",
CODEN = "AMNOAN",
ISSN = "0002-9920 (print), 1088-9477 (electronic)",
@@ -16482,6 +19362,7 @@
MRnumber = "1470171 (98k:68177)",
bibdate = "Mon May 26 18:16:34 2014",
bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
+ URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/199709/comm-youngen.pdf",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
fjournal = "Notices of the American Mathematical Society",
journal-URL = "http://www.ams.org/notices/",
@@ -17895,7 +20776,7 @@
Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek /
Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\
Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and
- METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\
+ METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\
FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis
Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\
Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax /
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/texgraph.bib 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% BibTeX-file{
%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%% version = "2.10",
-%%% date = "08 January 2019",
-%%% time = "10:18:17 MST",
+%%% version = "2.11",
+%%% date = "31 January 2019",
+%%% time = "15:43:54 MST",
%%% filename = "texgraph.bib",
%%% address = "University of Utah
%%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
%%% USA",
%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
-%%% checksum = "59852 3129 11807 117424",
+%%% checksum = "20405 3386 13323 130458",
%%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@
%%% printed if the is-alpha.bst or is-plain.bst
%%% style files are used.
%%%
-%%% At version 2.10, the year coverage looked
+%%% At version 2.11, the year coverage looked
%%% like this:
%%%
%%% 1976 ( 1) 1986 ( 1) 1996 ( 1)
%%% 1977 ( 0) 1987 ( 0) 1997 ( 5)
-%%% 1978 ( 0) 1988 ( 1) 1998 ( 1)
+%%% 1978 ( 0) 1988 ( 2) 1998 ( 1)
%%% 1979 ( 0) 1989 ( 0) 1999 ( 2)
%%% 1980 ( 0) 1990 ( 3) 2000 ( 0)
%%% 1981 ( 1) 1991 ( 1) 2001 ( 1)
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
- at Book{Adobe:PLP88,
+ at Book{Reid:1988:PLP,
author = "Glenn C. Reid",
title = "{PostScript} Language Program Design",
publisher = pub-AW,
@@ -375,9 +375,199 @@
ISBN = "0-201-14396-8",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-201-14396-6",
LCCN = "QA76.73.P67 R45 1988",
- bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:13:46 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 10:53:25 1994n",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ price = "US\$22.95",
+ URL = "http://www.rightbrain.com/rightbrain.shtml",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "PostScript (computer program language)",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+ The PostScript Language: Overview / 1 \\
+ Introduction / 1 \\
+ The Language Model / 2 \\
+ Dictionaries and Data Structures / 4 \\
+ Stacks / 4 \\
+ Built-In PostScript Language Operators / 5 \\
+ The Imaging Model / 5 \\
+ Coordinate Systems / 6 \\
+ Paths and Paint / 7 \\
+ Fonts / 7 \\
+ Electronic Publishing and Printing / 7 \\
+ Program Design Guidelines / 9 \\
+ The Execution Model / 11 \\
+ Introduction / 11 \\
+ The Printing Job Model / 11 \\
+ The Operand Stack / 13 \\
+ Objects in the PostScript Language / 13 \\
+ The Stack as a Data Structure / 15 \\
+ The Dictionary Stack / 16 \\
+ Dictionary Objects / 17 \\
+ Using the Dictionary Stack / 18 \\
+ Operators and Name Lookup / 19 \\
+ The Bind Operator / 21 \\
+ The Interpreter and the Scanner / 23 \\
+ Recognition of Objects / 24 \\
+ Procedures / 25 \\
+ Very Large Procedure Bodies / 29 \\
+ The Execution Stack / 32 \\
+ The Server Loop / 34 \\
+ The Imaging Model / 37 \\
+ Introduction / 37 \\
+ Applying the Metaphor / 38 \\
+ Construction of Paths / 40 \\
+ The Graphics State and Paths / 40 \\
+ Painting Operations / 42 \\
+ What Happens to the Current Path? / 43 \\
+ Procedures for Constructing Paths / 44 \\
+ Rectangles / 44 \\
+ Circles and Arcs / 46 \\
+ Arrowheads / 46 \\
+ Text Operations / 49 \\
+ Character Widths / 51 \\
+ Clipping / 53 \\
+ Complexity and Performance / 53 \\
+ Rasterization / 54 \\
+ Save and Restore / 54 \\
+ The Font Cache / 55 \\
+ Emulators and Translators / 57 \\
+ Introduction / 57 \\
+ Emulating Another Printer / 58 \\
+ The stringwidth Operator / 61 \\
+ Text Justification in an Emulator / 62 \\
+ Translating Existing File Formats / 68 \\
+ Units / 68 \\
+ Fonts / 69 \\
+ Font Differences / 69 \\
+ Using the Imaging Model / 71 \\
+ Preserving High-Level Information / 72 \\
+ Rendering / 72 \\
+ Optimizing Translator Output / 72 \\
+ Computation and Decision-Making / 73 \\
+ Designing the Page and the Program / 77 \\
+ Introduction / 77 \\
+ Page Layout Considerations / 77 \\
+ Page Nesting and Independence / 78 \\
+ Producing PostScript Language Output / 79 \\
+ Round-Off and Coordinate Systems / 80 \\
+ Efficiency / 81 \\
+ Data Transmission Overhead / 82 \\
+ Computation / 83 \\
+ Interpretation Time / 85 \\
+ Program Structure / 87 \\
+ Introduction / 87 \\
+ The Prologue and Script Model / 87 \\
+ Modularity and Page Structure / 89 \\
+ Ground State / 90 \\
+ The Operand Stack / 92 \\
+ Functional and Graphic Independence / 92 \\
+ Save and Restore / 93 \\
+ Page Elements and Their Properties / 94 \\
+ Document Structuring Conventions / 96 \\
+ The Mechanics of Setting Text / 99 \\
+ Introduction / 99 \\
+ Character Widths / 100 \\
+ Margins and Justification / 102 \\
+ Justification / 104 \\
+ Handling Different Fonts / 106 \\
+ Leading and Point Size / 108 \\
+ Kerning and Ligatures / 109 \\
+ Encoding and Character Sets / 114 \\
+ Composite Characters and Accents / 117 \\
+ Non-Roman Fonts / 117 \\
+ Character Widths and Origins / 118 \\
+ Scanned Images and Halftones / 123 \\
+ Introduction / 123 \\
+ The Image Operator / 123 \\
+ How It Works / 124 \\
+ The Image Matrix / 124 \\
+ Data Acquisition Procedures / 126 \\
+ Small Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+ Large Amounts of Data / 127 \\
+ A Common Error and Its Cause / 129 \\
+ Synthetic Data / 129 \\
+ Data Compression / 131 \\
+ Halftone Screens / 131 \\
+ Halftoning in the PostScript Language / 132 \\
+ Changing the Halftone Screen / 132 \\
+ The Spot Function / 134 \\
+ Complex Graphic Problem-Solving / 137 \\
+ Introduction / 137 \\
+ Pattern Fills / 137 \\
+ Logos, Grids, Forms, and Special Fonts / 143 \\
+ Grids / 146 \\
+ Transformation Matrices / 149 \\
+ Inverted Coordinate Systems / 151 \\
+ Color and Color Separations / 151 \\
+ Color Separations / 152 \\
+ Spot Color / 154 \\
+ File Interchange Standards / 157 \\
+ Introduction / 157 \\
+ Conforming Documents / 157 \\
+ Handling Printer-Specific Features / 158 \\
+ Specifying Paper Sizes / 159 \\
+ Printer Queries / 162 \\
+ Conditional Execution / 163 \\
+ Font Availability / 164 \\
+ Putting it All Together / 165 \\
+ Merging Files from Different Sources / 167 \\
+ Introduction / 167 \\
+ Using Existing Context / 168 \\
+ Error Recovery / 169 \\
+ Handling showpage / 170 \\
+ Screen Representations / 171 \\
+ Writing a Print Spooler / 173 \\
+ Introduction / 173 \\
+ Printer Management / 174 \\
+ Communications / 174 \\
+ Messages / 175 \\
+ Using exitserver / 176 \\
+ Managing Files and Fonts / 178 \\
+ DocumentFonts / 178 \\
+ IncludeFont / 179 \\
+ BeginFont, EndFont / 180 \\
+ Determining What Fonts Are Available / 181 \\
+ Handling Resource Shortages / 182 \\
+ Printer Description Files / 183 \\
+ Memory and File Resource Management / 185 \\
+ Memory Structure / 185 \\
+ Memory Allocation / 186 \\
+ Save and Restore / 187 \\
+ Save Objects / 187 \\
+ The invalidrestore Error / 188 \\
+ Downloadable Font Programs / 190 \\
+ Packed Arrays / 190 \\
+ Raster Memory / 191 \\
+ File Systems and Disk Management / 192 \\
+ PostScript Language File Operations / 192 \\
+ The Standard Input Stream / 193 \\
+ Error Handling / 197 \\
+ Introduction / 197 \\
+ Strategies / 197 \\
+ Non-Standard Operators / 197 \\
+ Implementation Limits Exceeded / 198 \\
+ The Stopped Operator / 199 \\
+ The Error Handling Mechanism / 203 \\
+ Redefining Error Procedures / 204 \\
+ Handling Error Messages / 206 \\
+ Debugging Techniques / 207 \\
+ Introduction / 207 \\
+ Establishing Two-Way Communication / 207 \\
+ Serial Communications / 208 \\
+ Parallel Communications / 209 \\
+ Packet Network Communications / 209 \\
+ Understanding PostScript Language Errors / 209 \\
+ Error: undefined / 210 \\
+ Error: typecheck / 211 \\
+ Redefining Built-In Operators / 212 \\
+ Stack Traces / 214 \\
+ Interactive Techniques / 214 \\
+ Coordinate System Transformations / 215 \\
+ Debugging Messages / 216 \\
+ Error Handler / 217 \\
+ Index / 221",
}
@Book{Adobe:PLR85,
@@ -1978,17 +2168,20 @@
@Book{Nye:1988:XPM,
author = "Adrian Nye",
- title = "Xlib Programming Manual for Version 11",
+ title = "{Xlib} Programming Manual for Version 11",
volume = "1",
publisher = pub-ORA,
address = pub-ORA:adr,
pages = "xxxiii + 615",
year = "1988",
- ISBN = "0-937175-26-9",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-937175-26-2",
+ ISBN = "0-937175-26-9, 0-937175-89-7",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-937175-26-2, 978-0-937175-89-7",
LCCN = "QA76.76.W56 D44 v.1 1988",
- bibdate = "Wed Dec 15 10:40:05 1993",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
+ URL = "http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780937175262",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}
@@ -2993,7 +3186,7 @@
Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient and Modern Greek /
Dimitrios Filippou / 59--67 \\
Typesetting the Deseret Alphabet with LaTeX and
- METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beasley / 68--111 \\
+ METAFONT / Kenneth R. Beesley / 68--111 \\
FEATPOST and a Review of 3D METAPOST Packages / Luis
Nobre Gon{\c{c}}alves / 112--124 \\
Interactive Editing of MathML Markup Using TeX Syntax /
@@ -3046,10 +3239,12 @@
@Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE,
editor = "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka",
- booktitle = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
- {\TeX} Conference",
- title = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
- {\TeX} Conference",
+ booktitle = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+ {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+ 14--18, 1992}",
+ title = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+ {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+ 14--18, 1992}",
publisher = pub-MASARYKOVA,
address = pub-MASARYKOVA:adr,
pages = "viii + 330",
@@ -3057,9 +3252,71 @@
year = "1992",
ISBN = "80-210-0480-0",
ISBN-13 = "978-80-210-0480-1",
- bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ series = "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work
+ together (invited talk) / 1 \\
+ John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk)
+ / 21 \\
+ Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{}
+ experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\
+ Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda /
+ \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\
+ Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing
+ house / 59 \\
+ Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future
+ of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66
+ \\
+ Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}:
+ structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\
+ Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support:
+ knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) /
+ 71 \\
+ Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\
+ Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in
+ presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and
+ low-cost solution / 87 \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to
+ perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97
+ \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application
+ d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\
+ Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}:
+ from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\
+ Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\
+ Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit
+ fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\
+ Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with
+ vowels and ligatures / 153 \\
+ Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in
+ \TeX{} / 173 \\
+ Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram
+ arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic
+ / 183 \\
+ Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\
+ Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212
+ \\
+ Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} /
+ 217 \\
+ Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\
+ Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\
+ Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high
+ quality typesetting: structure and design (invited
+ talk) / 255 \\
+ Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write
+ polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257
+ \\
+ Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic:
+ user's manual / 273 \\
+ Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional
+ Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited
+ talk) / 293",
}
%%% From TEX-EURO at DHDURZ1.Berkeley.EDU Mon Jul 8 04:27:58 1991
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/typeset.bib 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% BibTeX-file{
%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
-%%% version = "2.50",
-%%% date = "07 June 2018",
-%%% time = "18:15:12 MDT",
+%%% version = "2.51",
+%%% date = "31 January 2019",
+%%% time = "15:46:23 MST",
%%% filename = "typeset.bib",
%%% address = "University of Utah
%%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
-%%% checksum = "16268 23147 109103 1029702",
+%%% checksum = "08629 23624 111621 1053256",
%%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%%% and PDF (Portable Document Format), and
%%% sgml.bib covers SGML and HTML.
%%%
-%%% At version 2.50, the year coverage looked
+%%% At version 2.51, the year coverage looked
%%% like this:
%%%
%%% 1881 ( 1) 1927 ( 0) 1973 ( 10)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
%%% 1917 ( 0) 1963 ( 0) 2009 ( 2)
%%% 1918 ( 0) 1964 ( 4) 2010 ( 2)
%%% 1919 ( 1) 1965 ( 8) 2011 ( 3)
-%%% 1920 ( 1) 1966 ( 5) 2012 ( 2)
+%%% 1920 ( 1) 1966 ( 5) 2012 ( 3)
%%% 1921 ( 1) 1967 ( 8) 2013 ( 3)
%%% 1922 ( 0) 1968 ( 4) 2014 ( 2)
%%% 1923 ( 1) 1969 ( 9) 2015 ( 4)
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
%%% 20xx ( 2)
%%%
%%% Article: 322
-%%% Book: 310
+%%% Book: 311
%%% InCollection: 5
%%% InProceedings: 54
%%% Manual: 42
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
%%% Proceedings: 33
%%% TechReport: 34
%%%
-%%% Total entries: 853
+%%% Total entries: 854
%%%
%%% This bibliography has been collected from
%%% bibliographies in the author's personal
@@ -14197,12 +14197,37 @@
edition = "Fourth",
pages = "64",
year = "1990",
- ISBN = "0-88318-642-X",
- ISBN-13 = "978-0-88318-642-8",
+ ISBN = "0-88318-642-X (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-88318-642-8 (paperback)",
LCCN = "QC5.45 .A45; QC28 .A5 1990; T11 .A45 1990",
bibdate = "Tue Nov 21 07:37:46 2000",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ abstract = "Covers summary information for journal contributors,
+ preparing a scientific paper for publication, general
+ style, mathematical expressions, and figures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not yet in my library.",
+ tableofcontents = "Information for journal contributors \\
+ Preparing a scientific paper for publication \\
+ General style \\
+ Mathematical expressions \\
+ Figures \\
+ Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and
+ member society journals \\
+ Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of
+ frequently occurring words \\
+ Appendix C: Units of measure \\
+ Appendix D: Standard abbreviations \\
+ Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting \\
+ Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting
+ \\
+ Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations \\
+ Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof \\
+ Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme
+ \\
+ Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme \\
+ Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1990:SAR,
@@ -15092,22 +15117,91 @@
}
@Book{Spivak:1990:JTG,
- author = "Michael Spivak",
- title = "The joy of {\TeX}: a gourmet guide to typesetting with
- the {AMS}-{\TeX} macro package",
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak",
+ title = "The Joy of {\TeX}: a Gourmet Guide to Typesetting with
+ the {\AmSTeX} macro package",
publisher = pub-AMS,
address = pub-AMS:adr,
- edition = "Second",
+ edition = "Second revised",
pages = "xxii + 309",
year = "1990",
ISBN = "0-8218-2997-1",
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8218-2997-4",
- LCCN = "Z253.4.T47S673 1990",
- bibdate = "Mon May 20 11:04:41 MDT 1996",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.T47 S6731 1990",
+ bibdate = "Wed Jul 6 13:55:42 1994",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ price = "US\$40.00",
+ URL = "https://ctan.org/pkg/joy-of-tex",
+ ZMnumber = "0867.68117",
+ abstract = "Designed to simplify the input of mathematical
+ material in particular and to format the output
+ according to any of various preset style
+ specifications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- keywords = "Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
- Computer programs.; TeX (Computer file)",
+ remark = "A PDF file of the book is available for noncommercial
+ use at the CTAN URL.",
+ tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
+ Acknowledgments / xi, xiii \\
+ Personal Pronoun Pronouncement / xv \\
+ Introduction. On Advanced Typesetting / xvii \\
+ Part 1. Starters / 1 \\
+ 0. Getting Acquainted; A Key Chapter / 3 \\
+ Keys available on the keyboard \\
+ 1. Learning \TeX{}'s Lingo / 6 \\
+ Ordinary text and control sequences \\
+ 2. Printers Do It With All Types / 15 \\
+ Changing fonts \\
+ 3. Your First \TeX{} Experience / 20 \\
+ Running a file through \TeX{} \\
+ 4. \TeX{}'s Erroneous Zones / 27 \\
+ Error messages, and how to respond to them \\
+ 5. Spaces That Separate,Ties That Bind / 32 \\
+ Subtleties of spacing and line breaking \\
+ 6. Doing It With {\'E}lan / 34 \\
+ Special symbols and accents \\
+ Part 2. Main Courses / 47 \\
+ 7. \TeX{}'s Brand Of Mathematics / 43 \\
+ Mathematical formulas in text \\
+ 8. Lousy Breaks? Try An Artful Display / 53 \\
+ Displayed formulas \\
+ 9. The 2nd Level Of Complexity / 58 \\
+ Superscripts and subscripts \\
+ 10. Our Problems Mount / 66 \\
+ Fractions, binomial coefficients, etc. \\
+ 11. Benefitting From \TeX{}'s Largess / 72 \\
+ $\sum$, $\int$ and other ``large operators'' \\
+ 12. Creating Your Own Space / 77 \\
+ Controlling spacing in mathematical formulas \\
+ 13. Fascinating Things That Expand By Themselves / 79
+ \\
+ Delimiters and other variable size symbols \\
+ 14. A Roman Orgy / 88 \\
+ Roman type in formulas \\
+ 15. Keeping Them In Line / 97 \\
+ Numbering formulas and aligning equations in a display
+ \\
+ 16. Too Much Of A Good Thing / 103 \\
+ Breaking formulas that are too long \\
+ 17. Sophisticated Positions / 108 \\
+ Matrices \\
+ Part 3. Sauces \& Pickles / 113 \\
+ 18. Practicing Self Control / 115 \\
+ Defining new control sequences \\
+ 19. EX-Rated Features / 129 \\
+ A dictionary of special \TeX{}niques \\
+ Appendices / 191 \\
+ A. The AMS Preprint Style / 193 \\
+ B. Answers To All The Exercises / 210 \\
+ C. Bibliographies / 260 \\
+ D. Comparison With `plain' \TeX{} / 265 \\
+ E. Deficient Keyboards / 269 \\
+ F. Esoteric Symbols / 270 \\
+ G. Further Fonts / 274 \\
+ H. {\TeX{} Users} / 281 \\
+ I. Help / 282 \\
+ Index / 283",
}
@Book{Tufte:1990:EI,
@@ -16164,8 +16258,125 @@
(paperback)",
LCCN = "PN146 .V36 1992",
bibdate = "Tue Nov 21 07:44:41 2000",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ libnote = "Not in my library.",
+ subject = "Academic writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc; Scholarly
+ publishing; Art d'{\'e}crire; Guides, manuels, etc;
+ Academic writing; Scholarly publishing;
+ Schrijfvaardigheid; Wetenschappelijke publicaties;
+ Authorship",
+ tableofcontents = "The text \\
+ Citation: The new style of citation \\
+ Embedding citations \\
+ Brackets alone \\
+ Handling bracketed numbers \\
+ Pointing citations \\
+ Tense in citations \\
+ Citing authors \\
+ Citing works \\
+ Citing yourself \\
+ Irrelevant citation \\
+ Citations in draft \\
+ Quotation: A plea against quotation \\
+ A plea for quotation \\
+ Epigraphs \\
+ Quotation and citation \\
+ Inlaid versus displayed quotations \\
+ Punctuating quotations \\
+ Quoting format \\
+ Changes in quotations \\
+ Permission to quote \\
+ Other uses for quotation marks \\
+ Quotations in draft \\
+ The footnote: Fundamentals \\
+ Explanatory footnotes \\
+ The footnote aside \\
+ Footnotes in draft \\
+ Scholarly peculiarities: The abstract \\
+ Acknowledgments \\
+ Bad words \\
+ Bending over backwards \\
+ Capitalization \\
+ The cliche redivivus \\
+ Coherence \\
+ The colonated title \\
+ Conclusions \\
+ Emphasis \\
+ Equanimity \\
+ Hyperqualification \\
+ Initialisms and acronyms \\
+ Introductions \\
+ Inventing terms and notation \\
+ Inversion \\
+ A little Latin \\
+ Motivation \\
+ Nor \\
+ Paragraphing \\
+ Passivity \\
+ Personal fads \\
+ Respective \\
+ The waffle \\
+ Which-hunting \\
+ The reference \\
+ Panorama \\
+ Reference format: Style \\
+ I. Authors \\
+ II. Titles \\
+ III. Bibliographic information \\
+ IV. More bibliographic information \\
+ V. Annotation \\
+ Pinpointing \\
+ Needless information \\
+ Easy References: Books \\
+ Compilations \\
+ Collections \\
+ Editions with editors \\
+ Translations \\
+ Multivolume works \\
+ Journal articles \\
+ Reviews \\
+ Pamphlets \\
+ Works not yet published \\
+ Theses and dissertations \\
+ Secondary reference \\
+ Hard references: Archival sources \\
+ Author equals publishers \\
+ Conference proceedings \\
+ Correspondence \\
+ Court cases \\
+ Government documents \\
+ Microfilm and microfiche \\
+ Newspapers \\
+ Reference works \\
+ Shoes and ships and sealing wax \\
+ The reference list: Reference list versus bibliography
+ \\
+ Compound references \\
+ Special sections \\
+ Cross-reference \\
+ Alphabetical order \\
+ Chronological order \\
+ Order of mention \\
+ Last-minute changes \\
+ Compression \\
+ The finishing touch \\
+ Special schemes: Short names \\
+ White copy \\
+ Super-quick \\
+ Manuscript preparation: Final draft \\
+ Classroom copy \\
+ Examples of display layout \\
+ Classroom copy with footnotes \\
+ Page from a reference list \\
+ Photo-ready copy \\
+ Sample instruction sheet \\
+ Perfect copy \\
+ Galleys and page proofs \\
+ The end \\
+ Appendix 1: The Vita \\
+ Appendix 2: Federal documents of the United States",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1993:AHC,
@@ -20248,18 +20459,63 @@
@Book{Knuth:1999:DT,
author = "Donald E. Knuth",
title = "Digital Typography",
+ volume = "78",
publisher = pub-CSLI,
address = pub-CSLI:adr,
pages = "xvi + 685",
year = "1999",
- ISBN = "1-57586-011-2 (cloth), 1-57586-010-4 (paperback)",
- ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-011-4 (cloth), 978-1-57586-010-7
- (paperback)",
+ ISBN = "1-57586-010-4 (paperback), 1-57586-011-2 (hardcover)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-1-57586-010-7 (paperback), 978-1-57586-011-4
+ (hardcover)",
LCCN = "Z249.3.K59 1998",
+ MRclass = "68U15",
+ MRnumber = "MR1676044 (2002k:68194)",
bibdate = "Mon May 10 18:01:36 1999",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/litprog.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib;
+ MathSciNet database",
price = "US\$90.00 (cloth), US\$39.95 (paperback)",
+ series = "CSLI Lecture Notes",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "1: Digital Typography / 1 \\
+ 2: Mathematical Typography / 19 \\
+ 3: Breaking Paragraphs Into Lines / 67 \\
+ 4: Mixing Right-to-Left Texts with Left-to-Right Texts
+ / 157 \\
+ 5: Recipes and Fractions / 177 \\
+ 6: The \TeX{} Logo in Various Fonts / 181 \\
+ 7: Printing Out Selected Pages / 183 \\
+ 8: Macros for Jill / 185 \\
+ 9: Problem for a Saturday Morning / 195 \\
+ 10: Exercises for \TeX{}: The Program / 197 \\
+ 11: Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs / 225 \\
+ 12: Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards / 247 \\
+ 13: The Letter S / 263 \\
+ 14: My First Experience with Indian Scripts / 285 \\
+ 15: Concept of a Meta-Font / 289 \\
+ 16: Lessons Learned from METAFONT / 315 \\
+ 17: AMS Euler --- A New Typeface for Mathematics / 339
+ \\
+ 18: Typesetting Concrete Mathematics / 367 \\
+ 19: Course on METAFONT Programming / 379 \\
+ 20: Punk Meta-Font / 391 \\
+ 21: Fonts for Digital Halftones / 415 \\
+ 22: Digital Halftones by Dot Diffusion / 449 \\
+ 23: A Note on Digital Angles / 473 \\
+ 24: TEXDR.AFT / 481 \\
+ 25: TEX.ONE / 505 \\
+ 26: \TeX{} Incunabula / 533 \\
+ 27: Icons for \TeX{} and METAFONT / 547 \\
+ 28: Computers and Typesetting / 555 \\
+ 29: The New Versions of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 563 \\
+ 30: The Future of \TeX{} and METAFONT / 571 \\
+ 31: Questions and Answers, I / 573 \\
+ 32: Questions and Answers, II / 601 \\
+ 33: Questions and Answers, III / 625 \\
+ 34: Final Errors of \TeX{} / 655 \\
+ Index / 663",
}
@Book{Lipkin:1999:LLV,
@@ -20690,14 +20946,102 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-8176-4131-3, 978-3-7643-4131-2",
LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
price = "US\$49.95",
+ abstract = "\booktitle{Math Into LaTeX} is for the mathematician,
+ physicist, engineer, scientist, or technical typist who
+ needs to quickly learn how to write and typeset
+ articles and books containing mathematical formulas,
+ and requires a thorough reference book on all aspects
+ of LaTeX and the AMS packages (the enhancements to
+ LaTeX by the American Mathematical Society). Key
+ features of \booktitle{Math Into LaTeX}: * A simple,
+ example-based, visual approach * A quick introduction
+ (Part I) allowing readers to type their first articles
+ in only a few hours * Sample articles to demonstrate
+ the basic structure of LaTeX and AMS articles * Useful
+ appendices containing mathematical and text symbol
+ tables and information on how to convert from older
+ versions * A new chapter in the fourth edition,
+ ``\booktitle{A Visual Introduction to MikTeX},'' an
+ open source implementation of TeX and LaTeX for Windows
+ operating systems * Another new chapter describing
+ amsrefs, a simpler method for formatting references
+ that incorporates and replaces BibTeX data * This
+ edition also integrates a major revision to the amsart
+ document class, along with updated examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
Composition automatique (Industries graphiques);
- Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing --
- Computer programs; Mathematiques -- Impression --
+ Computerized typesetting; Mathematics printing ---
+ Computer programs; Math{\'e}matiques --- Impression ---
Logiciels",
+ tableofcontents = "I: A short course \\
+ 1: Typing your first article \\
+ II: Text and math \\
+ 2: Typing text \\
+ 3: Text environments \\
+ 4: Typing math \\
+ 5: Multiline math displays \\
+ III: Document structure \\
+ 6: \LaTeX{} documents \\
+ 7: Standard \LaTeX{} document classes \\
+ 8: AMS documents \\
+ IV: Customization \\
+ 9: Customizing \LaTeX{} \\
+ V: Long documents \\
+ 10: BibTeX \\
+ 11: MakeIndex \\
+ 12: Books in \LaTeX{} \\
+ VI: Math and the Web \\
+ 13: TEX, \LaTeX{}, and the Internet \\
+ 14: Putting \LaTeX{} on the Web \\
+ A: Math symbol tables \\
+ A.1: Hebrew and Greek letters \\
+ A.1.1: Hebrew letters \\
+ A.1.2: Greek letters \\
+ A.2: Binary relations \\
+ A.2.3: Negated binary relations \\
+ A.3: Binary operations \\
+ A.4: Arrows \\
+ A.5: Miscellaneous symbols \\
+ A.6: Delimiters \\
+ A.7: Operators \\
+ A.7.1: Pure operators, with no limits \\
+ A.7.2: Operators with limits \\
+ A.7.3: Large operators \\
+ A.8: Math accents and fonts \\
+ A.8.1: Math accents \\
+ A.8.2: Math fonts \\
+ A.9: Math spacing commands \\
+ B: Text symbol tables \\
+ B.1: Some European characters \\
+ B.2: Text accents \\
+ B.3: Text font commands \\
+ B.3.1: Text font family commands \\
+ B.4: Additional text symbols \\
+ B.5: Additional text symbols with T1 encoding \\
+ B.5.1: Accents \\
+ B.5.2: European characters \\
+ B.5.3: Quotation marks \\
+ B.6: Text spacing commands \\
+ C: Background \\
+ C.1: A short history \\
+ C.1.2: Recent developments \\
+ C.2.1: The layers \\
+ C.2.2: Typesetting \\
+ C.2.3: Viewing and printing \\
+ D: PostScript fonts \\
+ D.2: The Times font and MathTime \\
+ D.3: Lucida Bright fonts \\
+ D.4: More PostScript fonts \\
+ F: A book document class \\
+ G: Conversions \\
+ H: Final word \\
+ H.1: What was left out? \\
+ H.2: Further reading",
}
@Book{Gulbins:2000:MTK,
@@ -21065,22 +21409,43 @@
ISBN-13 = "978-0-226-10403-4",
LCCN = "Z253 .U69 2003",
bibdate = "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
price = "US\$55.00",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- annote = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
- (CHe)",
- bibliography = "yes",
- glossary = "yes",
history = "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003",
- index = "yes",
- inprint = "yes",
+ idnumber = "518",
keywords = "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
style manuals; printing",
printermarks = "yes",
+ remark = "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.",
subtitle = "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
Publishers",
+ tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\
+ 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\
+ 3: Proofs \\
+ 4: Rights and permissions \\
+ 5: Grammar and usage \\
+ 6: Punctuation \\
+ 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and
+ compounds \\
+ 8: Names and terms \\
+ 9: Numbers \\
+ 10: Foreign languages \\
+ 11: Quotations and dialogue \\
+ 12: Illustrations and captions \\
+ 13: Tables \\
+ 14: Mathematics in type \\
+ 15: Abbreviations \\
+ 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\
+ 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\
+ 18: Indexes \\
+ Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and
+ key terms \\
+ Appendix B: The publishing process for books and
+ journals",
}
@Book{Felici:2003:CMT,
@@ -21765,6 +22130,54 @@
subject-dates = "1918--",
}
+ at Book{Bringhurst:2012:ETS,
+ author = "Robert Bringhurst",
+ title = "The Elements of Typographic Style 4.0",
+ publisher = "Hartley and Marks",
+ address = "Point Roberts, WA, USA",
+ edition = "Fourth",
+ pages = "398",
+ year = "2012",
+ ISBN = "0-88179-211-X (hardcover), 0-88179-212-8 (paperback)",
+ ISBN-13 = "978-0-88179-211-9 (hardcover), 978-0-88179-212-6
+ (paperback)",
+ LCCN = "Z246 .B74 2012",
+ bibdate = "Sat Jan 19 08:10:55 MST 2019",
+ bibsource = "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ abstract = "Renowned typographer and poet Robert Bringhurst brings
+ clarity to the art of typography with this masterful
+ style guide. Combining the practical, theoretical, and
+ historical, this edition is completely updated, with a
+ thorough revision and updating of the longest chapter,
+ ``Prowling the Specimen Books, '' and many other small
+ but important updates based on things that are
+ continually changing in the field.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ subject = "Book history; typografie; typography; typefaces [type
+ forms]; Graphics industry; lettertypes",
+ tableofcontents = "Foreword \\
+ Historical synopsis \\
+ The grand design \\
+ Rhythm and proportion \\
+ Harmony and counterpoint \\
+ Structural forms and devices \\
+ Analphabetic symbols \\
+ Choosing and combining type \\
+ Historical interlude \\
+ Shaping the page \\
+ The state of the art \\
+ Grooming the font \\
+ Prowling the specimen books \\
+ Appendix A: The working alphabet \\
+ Appendix B: Glossary of characters \\
+ Appendix C: Glossary of terms \\
+ Appendix D: Type designers \\
+ Appendix E: Typefoundries \\
+ Afterword to the fourth edition",
+}
+
@Article{Ciancarini:2012:HQP,
author = "Paolo Ciancarini and Angelo {Di Iorio} and Luca Furini
and Fabio Vitali",
@@ -22865,10 +23278,12 @@
@Proceedings{Zlatuska:1992:EPE,
editor = "Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka",
- booktitle = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
- {\TeX} Conference",
- title = "{Euro{\TeX}} 92: Proceedings of the 7th European
- {\TeX} Conference",
+ booktitle = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+ {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+ 14--18, 1992}",
+ title = "{Euro\TeX{} '92: Proceedings of the 7th European
+ {\TeX} Conference, Prague, Czechoslovakia, September
+ 14--18, 1992}",
publisher = pub-MASARYKOVA,
address = pub-MASARYKOVA:adr,
pages = "viii + 330",
@@ -22876,9 +23291,71 @@
year = "1992",
ISBN = "80-210-0480-0",
ISBN-13 = "978-80-210-0480-1",
- bibdate = "Sat Aug 27 11:11:50 1994",
- bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ bibdate = "Tue Dec 27 06:37:06 2005",
+ bibsource = "http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/postscri.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
+ series = "Proceedings of the European \TeX{} Conference",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ tableofcontents = "Alan Hoenig / When \TeX{} and METAFONT work
+ together (invited talk) / 1 \\
+ John D. Hobby / Introduction to MetaPost (invited talk)
+ / 21 \\
+ Andrei B. Khodulev and Irina A. Makhovaya / On \TeX{}
+ experience in Mir Publishers / 37 \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / The Lion and the Mouse / 43 \\
+ Petr Sojka, Rudolf Cervenka, and Martin Svoboda /
+ \TeX{} for database publishing 53 \\
+ Ondfej Vacha / TgX for typesetting in a publishing
+ house / 59 \\
+ Michel Lavaud / A solution to help ensuring the future
+ of \TeX{}: make its use easier on cheap machines / 66
+ \\
+ Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / {\LaTeX3}:
+ structure and design (invited talk) / 69 \\
+ Anita Z. Hoover / The key to successful support:
+ knowing your \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} users (invited talk) /
+ 71 \\
+ Theo Jurriens / \TeX{} for everybody? / 86 \\
+ Daniel Flipo and Laurent Siebenmann / Hyphenation in
+ presence of accents and diacritics: An easy and
+ low-cost solution / 87 \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / CaesarCM --- A gentle road to
+ perfect hyphenation in modest \TeX{} environments / 97
+ \\
+ Laurent Siebenmann / La mise en application
+ d{\'e}finitive de la norme de Cork / 107 \\
+ Boguslav Jackowski and Marek Rycko / Polishing \TeX{}:
+ from ready to use to handy in use / 119 \\
+ Rama Porrat / Developments in Hebrew \TeX{} / 135 \\
+ Michael Vinogradov / Russian \TeX{}: new eight bit
+ fonts and IBM PC equipment / 149 \\
+ Klaus Lagally / Arab\TeX{} --- Typesetting Arabic with
+ vowels and ligatures / 153 \\
+ Erik-Jan Vens / Incorporating PostScript fonts in
+ \TeX{} / 173 \\
+ Kristoffer H. Rose / How to typeset pretty diagram
+ arrows with \TeX{} --- design decisions used in Xy-pic
+ / 183 \\
+ Kees van der Laan / Table diversions / 211 \\
+ Jorg Knappen / Changing the appearance of math / 212
+ \\
+ Kees van der Laan / Typesetting crosswords via \TeX{} /
+ 217 \\
+ Kees van der Laan / FIFO and LIFO incognito / 225 \\
+ Philip Taylor / The future of \TeX{} / 235 \\
+ Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley / The future of high
+ quality typesetting: structure and design (invited
+ talk) / 255 \\
+ Daniel Taupin / Music\TeX{}: using \TeX{} to write
+ polyphonic or instrumental music (invited talk) / 257
+ \\
+ Kristoffer H. Rose / Typesetting Diagrams with Xy-pic:
+ user's manual / 273 \\
+ Yannis Haralambous / Towards the revival of traditional
+ Arabic typography \ldots{} through \TeX{} (invited
+ talk) / 293",
}
@Proceedings{Anonymous:1993:AMJ,
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/NEWS 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
(This file public domain. Originally written by Norbert Preining and
Karl Berry, 2010.)
+<p><b>tlmgr 49885 (released 6feb19):</b>
+<li>runscript.tlu support for tclkit and GUI errors; only doc tweaks for
+tlmgr itself.
+
<p><b>tlmgr 49226 (released 23nov18):</b>
<li>new environment variable TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN to prefer compression
(e.g., xz) and download (e.g., wget) programs shipped with TL to those
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl 2019-02-10 23:22:35 UTC (rev 49996)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl 2019-02-10 23:50:35 UTC (rev 49997)
@@ -8966,8 +8966,8 @@
=head1 CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR
-There are two configuration files for C<tlmgr>: One is system-wide in
-C<TEXMFSYSCONFIG/tlmgr/config>, and the other is user-specific in
+C<tlmgr> reads two configuration files: one is system-wide, in
+C<TEXMFSYSCONFIG/tlmgr/config>, and the other is user-specific, in
C<TEXMFCONFIG/tlmgr/config>. The user-specific one is the default for
the C<conf tlmgr> action. (Run C<kpsewhich
-var-value=TEXMFSYSCONFIG> or C<... TEXMFCONFIG ...> to see the actual
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list